Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
      1   1.1     skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
      2  1.12  christos    Copyright (C) 1989-2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3   1.1     skrll    Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
      4   1.1     skrll    Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
      5   1.1     skrll    Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
      6   1.1     skrll    Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
      7   1.1     skrll    Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
      8   1.1     skrll 
      9   1.1     skrll    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
     10   1.1     skrll 
     11   1.1     skrll    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12   1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13   1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     14   1.1     skrll    any later version.
     15   1.1     skrll 
     16   1.1     skrll    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17   1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18   1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19   1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20   1.1     skrll 
     21   1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22   1.1     skrll    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     23   1.1     skrll    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     24   1.1     skrll    02110-1301, USA.  */
     25   1.1     skrll 
     26   1.1     skrll /* Mach Operating System
     27   1.1     skrll    Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
     28   1.1     skrll    All Rights Reserved.
     29   1.1     skrll 
     30   1.1     skrll    Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
     31   1.1     skrll    documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
     32   1.1     skrll    notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
     33   1.1     skrll    software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
     34   1.1     skrll    thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
     35   1.1     skrll 
     36   1.1     skrll    CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
     37   1.1     skrll    CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
     38   1.1     skrll    ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     39   1.1     skrll 
     40   1.1     skrll    Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
     41   1.1     skrll 
     42   1.1     skrll     Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
     43   1.1     skrll     School of Computer Science
     44   1.1     skrll     Carnegie Mellon University
     45   1.1     skrll     Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
     46   1.1     skrll 
     47   1.1     skrll    any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
     48   1.1     skrll    rights to redistribute these changes.  */
     49   1.1     skrll 
     50   1.1     skrll #include "as.h"
     51   1.1     skrll #include "subsegs.h"
     52   1.1     skrll #include "ecoff.h"
     53   1.1     skrll 
     54   1.1     skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
     55   1.1     skrll 
     56   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     57   1.1     skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
     58   1.1     skrll #endif
     59   1.1     skrll 
     60   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     61   1.3  christos #include "vms.h"
     62   1.3  christos #include "vms/egps.h"
     63   1.3  christos #endif
     64   1.3  christos 
     65   1.3  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     66   1.1     skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     67   1.1     skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
     68   1.1     skrll 
     69   1.1     skrll /* Local types.  */
     71   1.1     skrll 
     72   1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR 		-1
     73   1.1     skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT	-2
     74   1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS		 2
     75   1.1     skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS		 5
     76   1.3  christos 
     77   1.3  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
     78   1.3  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
     79   1.3  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
     80   1.1     skrll 
     81   1.1     skrll struct alpha_fixup
     82   1.1     skrll {
     83   1.3  christos   expressionS exp;
     84   1.3  christos   /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
     85   1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
     86   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     87   1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section.  */
     88   1.3  christos   symbolS *xtrasym;
     89   1.3  christos 
     90   1.3  christos   /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor.  */
     91   1.3  christos   symbolS *procsym;
     92   1.1     skrll #endif
     93   1.1     skrll };
     94   1.1     skrll 
     95   1.1     skrll struct alpha_insn
     96   1.1     skrll {
     97   1.1     skrll   unsigned insn;
     98   1.1     skrll   int nfixups;
     99   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    100   1.1     skrll   long sequence;
    101   1.1     skrll };
    102  1.11  christos 
    103   1.1     skrll typedef enum
    104   1.1     skrll   {
    105   1.1     skrll     MACRO_EOA = 1,
    106   1.1     skrll     MACRO_IR,
    107   1.1     skrll     MACRO_PIR,
    108   1.1     skrll     MACRO_OPIR,
    109   1.1     skrll     MACRO_CPIR,
    110   1.3  christos     MACRO_FPR,
    111  1.11  christos     MACRO_EXP
    112  1.11  christos   } alpha_macro_argset;
    113  1.11  christos 
    114  1.11  christos typedef union
    115  1.11  christos {
    116  1.11  christos   const void *p;
    117  1.11  christos   uintptr_t i;
    118   1.1     skrll } alpha_macro_arg;
    119   1.1     skrll 
    120   1.1     skrll struct alpha_macro
    121   1.1     skrll {
    122  1.11  christos   const char *name;
    123  1.11  christos   void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, alpha_macro_arg);
    124  1.11  christos   alpha_macro_arg arg;
    125   1.1     skrll   alpha_macro_argset argsets[16];
    126   1.1     skrll };
    127   1.1     skrll 
    128   1.1     skrll /* Extra expression types.  */
    129   1.1     skrll 
    130   1.1     skrll #define O_pregister	O_md1	/* O_register, in parentheses.  */
    131   1.1     skrll #define O_cpregister	O_md2	/* + a leading comma.  */
    132   1.1     skrll 
    133   1.1     skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these.  */
    134   1.1     skrll #define O_literal	O_md3		/* !literal relocation.  */
    135   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_addr	O_md4		/* !lituse_addr relocation.  */
    136   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_base	O_md5		/* !lituse_base relocation.  */
    137   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff	O_md6		/* !lituse_bytoff relocation.  */
    138   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsr	O_md7		/* !lituse_jsr relocation.  */
    139   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd	O_md8		/* !lituse_tlsgd relocation.  */
    140   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm	O_md9		/* !lituse_tlsldm relocation.  */
    141   1.1     skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10	/* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation.  */
    142   1.1     skrll #define O_gpdisp	O_md11		/* !gpdisp relocation.  */
    143   1.1     skrll #define O_gprelhigh	O_md12		/* !gprelhigh relocation.  */
    144   1.1     skrll #define O_gprellow	O_md13		/* !gprellow relocation.  */
    145   1.1     skrll #define O_gprel		O_md14		/* !gprel relocation.  */
    146   1.1     skrll #define O_samegp	O_md15		/* !samegp relocation.  */
    147   1.1     skrll #define O_tlsgd		O_md16		/* !tlsgd relocation.  */
    148   1.1     skrll #define O_tlsldm	O_md17		/* !tlsldm relocation.  */
    149   1.1     skrll #define O_gotdtprel	O_md18		/* !gotdtprel relocation.  */
    150   1.1     skrll #define O_dtprelhi	O_md19		/* !dtprelhi relocation.  */
    151   1.1     skrll #define O_dtprello	O_md20		/* !dtprello relocation.  */
    152   1.1     skrll #define O_dtprel	O_md21		/* !dtprel relocation.  */
    153   1.1     skrll #define O_gottprel	O_md22		/* !gottprel relocation.  */
    154   1.1     skrll #define O_tprelhi	O_md23		/* !tprelhi relocation.  */
    155   1.1     skrll #define O_tprello	O_md24		/* !tprello relocation.  */
    156   1.1     skrll #define O_tprel		O_md25		/* !tprel relocation.  */
    157   1.1     skrll 
    158   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    159   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
    160   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
    161   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
    162   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
    163   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
    164   1.1     skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
    165   1.1     skrll 
    166   1.1     skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
    167   1.1     skrll 
    168   1.1     skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens.  */
    169   1.1     skrll 
    170   1.1     skrll #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
    171   1.1     skrll #define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
    172   1.1     skrll #define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
    173   1.1     skrll 
    174   1.1     skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler.  */
    175   1.1     skrll 
    176   1.1     skrll #define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    177   1.1     skrll #define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    178   1.1     skrll 
    179  1.11  christos /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
    180  1.11  christos #define range_signed_16(x)	((valueT) (x) + 0x8000 <= 0xFFFF)
    181   1.1     skrll #define range_signed_32(x)	((valueT) (x) + 0x80000000 <= 0xFFFFFFFF)
    182   1.1     skrll 
    183  1.11  christos /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
    184  1.11  christos #define sign_extend_16(x)	((((valueT) (x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
    185  1.11  christos #define sign_extend_32(x)	((((valueT) (x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) ^ 0x80000000) \
    186   1.1     skrll 				 - 0x80000000)
    187   1.1     skrll 
    188   1.1     skrll /* Macros to build tokens.  */
    189   1.1     skrll 
    190   1.1     skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    191   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    192   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    193   1.1     skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    194   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
    195   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    196   1.1     skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    197   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
    198   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    199   1.1     skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    200   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    201   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
    202   1.1     skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    203   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
    204   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
    205   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
    206   1.1     skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    207   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
    208   1.1     skrll 				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
    209   1.1     skrll 
    210   1.1     skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    212   1.1     skrll    targets.  */
    213   1.1     skrll 
    214   1.1     skrll /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    215   1.1     skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
    216   1.1     skrll 
    217   1.1     skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    218   1.1     skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    219   1.1     skrll 
    220   1.1     skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    221   1.1     skrll    single line.  */
    222   1.1     skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    223   1.1     skrll 
    224   1.1     skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    225   1.1     skrll    point number.  */
    226   1.1     skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    227   1.1     skrll 
    228   1.1     skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
    229   1.6  christos    as in 0d1.0.  */
    230   1.1     skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
    231   1.1     skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    232  1.11  christos 
    233   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    234  1.11  christos const char md_shortopts[] = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
    235   1.1     skrll #else
    236   1.1     skrll const char md_shortopts[] = "Fm:gG:";
    237  1.11  christos #endif
    238   1.1     skrll 
    239   1.1     skrll const struct option md_longopts[] =
    240   1.1     skrll   {
    241   1.1     skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    242   1.1     skrll     { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
    243   1.1     skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
    244   1.1     skrll     { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    245   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    246   1.1     skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    247   1.1     skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
    248   1.1     skrll     { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
    249   1.3  christos     { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
    250   1.3  christos #endif
    251   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    252   1.3  christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    253   1.5  christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
    254   1.3  christos     { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
    255   1.1     skrll     { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
    256   1.1     skrll #endif
    257   1.1     skrll     { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    258  1.11  christos   };
    259   1.1     skrll 
    260   1.1     skrll const size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    261   1.1     skrll 
    262   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    264   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R0     0
    265   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R16    16
    266   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_R17    17
    267   1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
    268   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T9     22
    269   1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
    270   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T10    23
    271   1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
    272   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T11    24
    273   1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
    274   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_T12    25
    275   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_AI     25
    276   1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
    277   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_FP     29
    278   1.3  christos 
    279   1.1     skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
    280   1.1     skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
    281   1.1     skrll 
    282   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
    283   1.1     skrll 
    284   1.1     skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    285   1.1     skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
    286   1.9  christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
    287   1.1     skrll 
    288   1.1     skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    289   1.9  christos static htab_t alpha_opcode_hash;
    290   1.1     skrll 
    291   1.1     skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes.  */
    292   1.1     skrll static htab_t alpha_macro_hash;
    293   1.1     skrll 
    294   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    295   1.1     skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol.  */
    296   1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
    297   1.1     skrll 
    298   1.1     skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
    299   1.1     skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
    300   1.1     skrll #endif
    301   1.1     skrll 
    302   1.1     skrll /* The current $gp register.  */
    303   1.1     skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
    304   1.1     skrll 
    305   1.1     skrll /* A table of the register symbols.  */
    306   1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
    307   1.1     skrll 
    308   1.1     skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants.  */
    309   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    310   1.3  christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
    311   1.1     skrll #endif
    312   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    313   1.1     skrll segT alpha_link_section;
    314   1.3  christos #endif
    315   1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    316   1.1     skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
    317   1.1     skrll #endif
    318   1.1     skrll 
    319   1.1     skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections.  */
    320   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    321   1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
    322   1.1     skrll #endif
    323   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    324   1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
    325   1.3  christos #endif
    326   1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    327   1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
    328   1.1     skrll #endif
    329   1.1     skrll 
    330   1.1     skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita.  */
    331   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    332   1.1     skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
    333   1.1     skrll #endif
    334   1.1     skrll 
    335   1.1     skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at?  */
    336   1.1     skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
    337   1.1     skrll 
    338   1.1     skrll /* Are macros enabled?  */
    339   1.1     skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
    340   1.1     skrll 
    341   1.1     skrll /* Are floats disabled?  */
    342   1.1     skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
    343   1.1     skrll 
    344   1.1     skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit?  */
    345   1.1     skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
    346   1.1     skrll 
    347   1.1     skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
    348   1.1     skrll      foo:
    349   1.1     skrll        .quad 0
    350   1.3  christos    and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
    351   1.3  christos    will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
    352   1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
    353   1.3  christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
    354   1.3  christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
    355   1.3  christos #endif
    356   1.3  christos 
    357   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    358   1.1     skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction.  */
    359   1.1     skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
    360   1.1     skrll #endif
    361   1.1     skrll 
    362   1.1     skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
    363   1.1     skrll    .align 0 will turn this off.  */
    364   1.1     skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
    365   1.1     skrll 
    366   1.1     skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
    367   1.1     skrll static int alpha_current_align;
    368   1.1     skrll 
    369   1.1     skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
    370   1.1     skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
    371   1.1     skrll 
    372   1.1     skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
    373   1.1     skrll static int alpha_debug;
    374   1.1     skrll 
    375   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    376   1.1     skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section.  */
    377   1.3  christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
    378   1.3  christos #endif
    379   1.3  christos 
    380   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    381   1.3  christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization.  */
    382   1.1     skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
    383   1.1     skrll #endif
    384   1.1     skrll 
    385   1.1     skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker.  */
    386   1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
    387   1.1     skrll 
    388   1.1     skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size.  */
    389   1.1     skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
    390   1.3  christos 
    391   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    392   1.1     skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
    393   1.1     skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
    394   1.1     skrll {
    395   1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbol;	/* Proc pdesc symbol.  */
    396   1.1     skrll   int pdsckind;
    397   1.1     skrll   int framereg;		/* Register for frame pointer.  */
    398   1.1     skrll   int framesize;	/* Size of frame.  */
    399   1.1     skrll   int rsa_offset;
    400   1.1     skrll   int ra_save;
    401   1.1     skrll   int fp_save;
    402   1.1     skrll   long imask;
    403   1.3  christos   long fmask;
    404   1.3  christos   int type;
    405   1.3  christos   int prologue;
    406   1.3  christos   symbolS *handler;
    407   1.3  christos   int handler_data;
    408   1.3  christos };
    409   1.3  christos 
    410   1.3  christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups.  */
    411   1.3  christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
    412   1.3  christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
    413   1.4  christos 
    414   1.1     skrll /* Current procedure descriptor.  */
    415   1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
    416   1.1     skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
    417   1.1     skrll 
    418   1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
    419   1.1     skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
    420   1.1     skrll 
    421   1.1     skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
    422   1.1     skrll    longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.  */
    423   1.1     skrll 
    424   1.1     skrll #endif
    425   1.1     skrll 
    426   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    428   1.1     skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    429   1.1     skrll    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    430   1.1     skrll    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    431  1.11  christos 
    432   1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op)						\
    433   1.1     skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))					\
    434   1.1     skrll 		  ? (abort (), 0)					\
    435   1.1     skrll 		  : (op) - O_literal) ])
    436   1.1     skrll 
    437   1.1     skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
    438   1.1     skrll  { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
    439   1.1     skrll 
    440   1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
    441   1.3  christos {
    442   1.1     skrll   const char *name;				/* String to lookup.  */
    443   1.1     skrll   size_t length;				/* Size of the string.  */
    444   1.1     skrll   operatorT op;					/* Which operator to use.  */
    445   1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    446   1.1     skrll   unsigned int require_seq : 1;			/* Require a sequence number.  */
    447   1.1     skrll   unsigned int allow_seq : 1;			/* Allow a sequence number.  */
    448   1.1     skrll }
    449   1.1     skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
    450   1.1     skrll {
    451   1.1     skrll   DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
    452   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
    453   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
    454   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
    455   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
    456   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
    457   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
    458   1.1     skrll   DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
    459   1.1     skrll   DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
    460   1.1     skrll   DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    461   1.1     skrll   DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    462   1.1     skrll   DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
    463   1.1     skrll   DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
    464   1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
    465   1.1     skrll   DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
    466   1.1     skrll   DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
    467   1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    468   1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    469   1.1     skrll   DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
    470   1.1     skrll   DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
    471   1.1     skrll   DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    472   1.1     skrll   DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    473   1.1     skrll   DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
    474   1.1     skrll };
    475   1.1     skrll 
    476   1.1     skrll #undef DEF
    477   1.1     skrll 
    478   1.1     skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
    479   1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
    480   1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    481   1.1     skrll 
    482   1.1     skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #.  */
    483   1.1     skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
    484   1.1     skrll 
    485   1.3  christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information.  */
    486   1.3  christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
    487   1.3  christos {
    488   1.3  christos   fixS *master;			/* The literal reloc.  */
    489   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    490   1.1     skrll   struct symbol *sym;		/* Linkage section item symbol.  */
    491   1.1     skrll   struct symbol *psym;		/* Pdesc symbol.  */
    492   1.1     skrll #endif
    493   1.1     skrll   fixS *slaves;			/* Head of linked list of lituses.  */
    494   1.1     skrll   segT segment;			/* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section.  */
    495   1.1     skrll   long sequence;		/* Sequence #.  */
    496   1.1     skrll   unsigned n_master;		/* # of literals.  */
    497   1.1     skrll   unsigned n_slaves;		/* # of lituses.  */
    498   1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1;	/* True if ...  */
    499   1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
    500   1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
    501   1.1     skrll   unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
    502   1.1     skrll   unsigned multi_section_p : 1;	/* True if more than one section was used.  */
    503   1.9  christos   char string[1];		/* Printable form of sequence to hash with.  */
    504   1.1     skrll };
    505   1.1     skrll 
    506   1.1     skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse.  */
    507   1.1     skrll static htab_t alpha_literal_hash;
    508   1.1     skrll 
    509   1.1     skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros.  */
    510   1.1     skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
    511   1.1     skrll 
    512   1.1     skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    514   1.1     skrll 
    515   1.1     skrll static const struct cpu_type
    516   1.1     skrll {
    517   1.1     skrll   const char *name;
    518   1.1     skrll   unsigned flags;
    519   1.1     skrll }
    520   1.1     skrll cpu_types[] =
    521   1.1     skrll {
    522   1.1     skrll   /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
    523   1.1     skrll      This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
    524   1.1     skrll      usage in MILO that does -m21064.  Probably something more
    525   1.1     skrll      specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well.  */
    526   1.1     skrll 
    527   1.1     skrll   { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    528   1.1     skrll   { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    529   1.1     skrll   { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    530   1.1     skrll   { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    531   1.1     skrll   { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
    532   1.1     skrll   { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    533   1.1     skrll   { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    534   1.1     skrll 		|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
    535   1.1     skrll   { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    536   1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    537   1.1     skrll   { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    538   1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    539   1.1     skrll   { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    540   1.1     skrll 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    541   1.1     skrll 
    542   1.1     skrll   { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    543   1.1     skrll   { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    544   1.1     skrll   { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    545   1.1     skrll   { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    546   1.1     skrll   { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    547   1.1     skrll   { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
    548   1.1     skrll   { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    549   1.1     skrll   { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    550   1.1     skrll   { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    551   1.1     skrll 
    552   1.1     skrll   { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    553   1.1     skrll   { 0, 0 }
    554   1.1     skrll };
    555   1.1     skrll 
    556   1.1     skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size).  */
    557   1.1     skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
    558   1.1     skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
    559   1.1     skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
    560   1.1     skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
    561   1.1     skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
    562   1.3  christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
    563   1.1     skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
    564   1.1     skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
    565   1.3  christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
    566   1.6  christos 
    567   1.4  christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
    568   1.3  christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
    569   1.1     skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
    570   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    571   1.1     skrll static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
    572   1.1     skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
    573   1.1     skrll #endif
    574   1.1     skrll 
    575   1.1     skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
    577   1.1     skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
    578  1.11  christos {
    579   1.1     skrll   char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
    580   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
    581   1.1     skrll 
    582   1.1     skrll   sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
    583  1.10  christos 
    584   1.1     skrll   info = str_hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
    585   1.1     skrll   if (! info)
    586   1.1     skrll     {
    587   1.1     skrll       size_t len = strlen (buffer);
    588   1.9  christos 
    589   1.3  christos       info = notes_calloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
    590   1.3  christos 
    591   1.3  christos       info->segment = now_seg;
    592   1.3  christos       info->sequence = sequence;
    593   1.1     skrll       strcpy (info->string, buffer);
    594   1.1     skrll       str_hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, info, 0);
    595   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    596   1.1     skrll       info->sym = 0;
    597   1.1     skrll       info->psym = 0;
    598   1.3  christos #endif
    599   1.3  christos     }
    600   1.1     skrll 
    601   1.1     skrll   return info;
    602   1.1     skrll }
    603   1.1     skrll 
    604   1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    605   1.1     skrll 
    606   1.1     skrll static void
    607   1.1     skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    608   1.1     skrll 		     asection *sec,
    609   1.1     skrll 		     void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    610   1.1     skrll {
    611   1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
    612   1.1     skrll   fixS **prevP;
    613   1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
    614   1.1     skrll   fixS *next;
    615   1.1     skrll   fixS *slave;
    616   1.1     skrll 
    617   1.1     skrll   /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
    618   1.1     skrll      anything with it.  By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
    619   1.1     skrll      the links in place.  */
    620   1.1     skrll   if (seginfo == NULL)
    621   1.1     skrll     return;
    622   1.1     skrll 
    623   1.1     skrll   /* If there are no relocations, skip the section.  */
    624   1.1     skrll   if (! seginfo->fix_root)
    625   1.1     skrll     return;
    626   1.1     skrll 
    627  1.11  christos   /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
    628   1.1     skrll      gpdisp_lo16 relocs.  */
    629   1.1     skrll   prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
    630   1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    631   1.1     skrll     {
    632   1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    633   1.1     skrll       fixp->fx_next = NULL;
    634   1.1     skrll 
    635   1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    636   1.1     skrll 	{
    637   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
    638   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    639   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    640   1.1     skrll 			  _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
    641   1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    642   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    643   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
    644   1.1     skrll 	    {
    645   1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
    646   1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    647   1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
    648   1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    649   1.1     skrll 	    }
    650   1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
    651   1.1     skrll 	    {
    652   1.1     skrll 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
    653   1.1     skrll 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    654   1.1     skrll 			      _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
    655   1.1     skrll 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    656   1.1     skrll 	    }
    657   1.1     skrll #endif
    658   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    659   1.1     skrll 
    660   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
    661   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    662   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    663   1.1     skrll 			  _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    664   1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    665   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    666   1.1     skrll 
    667   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    668   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    669   1.1     skrll 	      && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
    670   1.1     skrll 	          || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
    671   1.1     skrll 	    break;
    672   1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
    673   1.1     skrll 
    674   1.1     skrll 	default:
    675   1.1     skrll 	  *prevP = fixp;
    676   1.1     skrll 	  prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
    677   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    678   1.1     skrll 	}
    679   1.1     skrll     }
    680   1.1     skrll 
    681   1.1     skrll   /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations.  They are currently
    682   1.1     skrll      linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
    683   1.1     skrll      go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
    684   1.1     skrll      once again.
    685   1.1     skrll 
    686   1.1     skrll      Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
    687   1.1     skrll      number.  In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
    688   1.1     skrll      how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
    689   1.1     skrll      get the relaxation correct.
    690   1.7  christos 
    691   1.1     skrll      ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
    692   1.1     skrll      we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
    693   1.1     skrll      present.  Not implemented.
    694   1.1     skrll 
    695   1.1     skrll      Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
    696   1.1     skrll      in different segments.  This can happen with "interesting" uses of
    697   1.1     skrll      inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores.  */
    698   1.1     skrll 
    699   1.1     skrll   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    700   1.1     skrll     {
    701   1.1     skrll       next = fixp->fx_next;
    702   1.1     skrll       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    703   1.1     skrll 	{
    704   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
    705   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
    706   1.1     skrll 	  if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
    707   1.1     skrll 	    break;
    708   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    709   1.1     skrll 	    break;
    710   1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
    711   1.1     skrll 	    {
    712   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    713   1.1     skrll 			    _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
    714   1.1     skrll 			    fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
    715   1.1     skrll 			    (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
    716   1.1     skrll 			     ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
    717   1.1     skrll 	      break;
    718   1.1     skrll 	    }
    719   1.1     skrll 
    720   1.1     skrll 	  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    721   1.1     skrll 	  fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
    722   1.1     skrll 	  fixp = fixp->fx_next;
    723   1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
    724   1.1     skrll 
    725  1.11  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    726   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    727   1.1     skrll 	      && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
    728   1.1     skrll 	      && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
    729   1.1     skrll 	    {
    730   1.1     skrll 	      for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    731   1.1     skrll 		   slave != NULL;
    732   1.1     skrll 		   slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
    733   1.1     skrll 		{
    734   1.1     skrll 		  slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    735   1.1     skrll 		  fixp->fx_next = slave;
    736   1.1     skrll 		}
    737   1.1     skrll 	    }
    738   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    739   1.1     skrll 
    740   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
    741   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
    742   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    743   1.1     skrll 			  _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    744   1.1     skrll 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    745   1.1     skrll 	  else
    746   1.1     skrll 	    {
    747   1.1     skrll 	      slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    748   1.1     skrll 	      slave->fx_next = next;
    749   1.1     skrll 	      fixp->fx_next = slave;
    750   1.1     skrll 	    }
    751   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    752   1.1     skrll 
    753   1.1     skrll 	default:
    754   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    755   1.1     skrll 	}
    756   1.1     skrll     }
    757   1.1     skrll }
    758   1.1     skrll 
    759   1.1     skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
    760   1.1     skrll    supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
    761   1.1     skrll    relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations.  */
    762   1.1     skrll 
    763   1.3  christos void
    764   1.3  christos alpha_before_fix (void)
    765   1.1     skrll {
    766   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_literal_hash)
    767   1.1     skrll     bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
    768   1.1     skrll }
    769   1.1     skrll 
    770   1.1     skrll #endif
    771   1.1     skrll 
    772   1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    774   1.1     skrll static void
    775   1.1     skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
    776   1.1     skrll {
    777   1.1     skrll   int i;
    778   1.1     skrll 
    779   1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
    780   1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
    781   1.1     skrll     {
    782   1.1     skrll       expressionS *t = &tok[i];
    783   1.1     skrll       const char *name;
    784   1.1     skrll 
    785   1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
    786   1.1     skrll 	{
    787   1.1     skrll 	default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    788   1.1     skrll 	case O_illegal:			name = "O_illegal";		break;
    789   1.1     skrll 	case O_absent:			name = "O_absent";		break;
    790   1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    791   1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol:			name = "O_symbol";		break;
    792   1.1     skrll 	case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    793   1.1     skrll 	case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    794   1.1     skrll 	case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    795   1.1     skrll 	case O_uminus:			name = "O_uminus";		break;
    796   1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_not:			name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    797   1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    798   1.1     skrll 	case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    799   1.1     skrll 	case O_divide:			name = "O_divide";		break;
    800   1.1     skrll 	case O_modulus:			name = "O_modulus";		break;
    801   1.1     skrll 	case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    802   1.1     skrll 	case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    803   1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    804   1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    805   1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    806   1.1     skrll 	case O_bit_and:			name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    807   1.1     skrll 	case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    808   1.1     skrll 	case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    809   1.1     skrll 	case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    810   1.1     skrll 	case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    811   1.1     skrll 	case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    812   1.1     skrll 	case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    813   1.1     skrll 	case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    814   1.1     skrll 	case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    815   1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    816   1.1     skrll 	case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    817   1.1     skrll 	case O_index:			name = "O_index";		break;
    818   1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:		name = "O_pregister";		break;
    819   1.1     skrll 	case O_cpregister:		name = "O_cpregister";		break;
    820   1.1     skrll 	case O_literal:			name = "O_literal";		break;
    821   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_addr:		name = "O_lituse_addr";		break;
    822   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_base:		name = "O_lituse_base";		break;
    823   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_bytoff:		name = "O_lituse_bytoff";	break;
    824   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsr:		name = "O_lituse_jsr";		break;
    825   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsgd:		name = "O_lituse_tlsgd";	break;
    826   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_tlsldm:		name = "O_lituse_tlsldm";	break;
    827   1.1     skrll 	case O_lituse_jsrdirect:	name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect";	break;
    828   1.1     skrll 	case O_gpdisp:			name = "O_gpdisp";		break;
    829   1.1     skrll 	case O_gprelhigh:		name = "O_gprelhigh";		break;
    830   1.1     skrll 	case O_gprellow:		name = "O_gprellow";		break;
    831   1.1     skrll 	case O_gprel:			name = "O_gprel";		break;
    832   1.1     skrll 	case O_samegp:			name = "O_samegp";		break;
    833   1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsgd:			name = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    834   1.1     skrll 	case O_tlsldm:			name = "O_tlsldm";		break;
    835   1.1     skrll 	case O_gotdtprel:		name = "O_gotdtprel";		break;
    836   1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprelhi:		name = "O_dtprelhi";		break;
    837   1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprello:		name = "O_dtprello";		break;
    838   1.1     skrll 	case O_dtprel:			name = "O_dtprel";		break;
    839   1.1     skrll 	case O_gottprel:		name = "O_gottprel";		break;
    840   1.1     skrll 	case O_tprelhi:			name = "O_tprelhi";		break;
    841   1.1     skrll 	case O_tprello:			name = "O_tprello";		break;
    842   1.1     skrll 	case O_tprel:			name = "O_tprel";		break;
    843   1.1     skrll 	}
    844   1.1     skrll 
    845   1.1     skrll       fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
    846   1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
    847   1.1     skrll 	       (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
    848   1.1     skrll 	       (int) t->X_add_number);
    849   1.1     skrll     }
    850   1.1     skrll   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    851   1.1     skrll   fflush (stderr);
    852   1.1     skrll }
    853   1.1     skrll #endif
    854   1.1     skrll 
    855   1.1     skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
    856   1.1     skrll 
    857   1.1     skrll static int
    858   1.1     skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
    859   1.1     skrll 		    expressionS tok[],
    860   1.1     skrll 		    int ntok)
    861   1.1     skrll {
    862   1.1     skrll   expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
    863   1.1     skrll   char *old_input_line_pointer;
    864   1.1     skrll   int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
    865   1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    866   1.1     skrll   expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
    867   1.1     skrll #endif
    868   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    869   1.1     skrll   char *p;
    870   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
    871   1.1     skrll   int c, i;
    872   1.1     skrll   size_t len;
    873   1.1     skrll   int reloc_found_p = 0;
    874   1.1     skrll #endif
    875   1.1     skrll 
    876   1.1     skrll   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
    877  1.11  christos 
    878   1.1     skrll   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
    879   1.1     skrll   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
    880   1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = str;
    881   1.1     skrll 
    882   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    883   1.1     skrll   /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser.  */
    884   1.1     skrll   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] |= LEX_EOS;
    885   1.1     skrll #endif
    886   1.1     skrll 
    887   1.1     skrll   while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
    888   1.1     skrll     {
    889   1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    890   1.1     skrll       switch (*input_line_pointer)
    891   1.1     skrll 	{
    892   1.1     skrll 	case '\0':
    893   1.1     skrll 	  goto fini;
    894   1.1     skrll 
    895   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    896   1.1     skrll 	case '!':
    897   1.1     skrll 	  /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
    898   1.1     skrll 	     assembly language statement, and has the following form:
    899   1.1     skrll 		!relocation_type!sequence_number.  */
    900   1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_found_p)
    901   1.1     skrll 	    {
    902   1.1     skrll 	      /* Only support one relocation op per insn.  */
    903   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
    904   1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    905   1.5  christos 	    }
    906   1.1     skrll 
    907   1.1     skrll 	  if (!saw_arg)
    908   1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    909   1.1     skrll 
    910   1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    911   1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    912   1.1     skrll 	  c = get_symbol_name (&p);
    913   1.1     skrll 
    914   1.1     skrll 	  /* Parse !relocation_type.  */
    915   1.1     skrll 	  len = input_line_pointer - p;
    916   1.1     skrll 	  if (len == 0)
    917   1.1     skrll 	    {
    918   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
    919   1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    920   1.1     skrll 	    }
    921   1.1     skrll 
    922   1.1     skrll 	  r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
    923   1.1     skrll 	  for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
    924   1.1     skrll 	    if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
    925  1.11  christos 	      break;
    926  1.11  christos 	  if (i < 0)
    927   1.1     skrll 	    {
    928   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
    929   1.1     skrll 	      goto err_report;
    930   1.1     skrll 	    }
    931   1.1     skrll 
    932   1.1     skrll 	  restore_line_pointer (c);
    933   1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    934   1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
    935   1.1     skrll 	    {
    936   1.1     skrll 	      if (r->require_seq)
    937   1.1     skrll 		{
    938   1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
    939   1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    940   1.1     skrll 		}
    941   1.1     skrll 
    942   1.1     skrll 	      tok->X_add_number = 0;
    943   1.1     skrll 	    }
    944   1.1     skrll 	  else
    945   1.1     skrll 	    {
    946   1.1     skrll 	      if (! r->allow_seq)
    947   1.1     skrll 		{
    948   1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
    949   1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    950   1.1     skrll 		}
    951   1.1     skrll 
    952   1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
    953   1.1     skrll 
    954   1.1     skrll 	      /* Parse !sequence_number.  */
    955   1.1     skrll 	      expression (tok);
    956   1.1     skrll 	      if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
    957   1.1     skrll 		{
    958   1.1     skrll 		  as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
    959   1.1     skrll 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
    960   1.1     skrll 		  goto err_report;
    961   1.1     skrll 		}
    962   1.1     skrll 	    }
    963   1.1     skrll 
    964   1.1     skrll 	  tok->X_op = r->op;
    965   1.1     skrll 	  reloc_found_p = 1;
    966   1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
    967   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    968   1.1     skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    969   1.1     skrll 
    970   1.1     skrll 	case ',':
    971   1.1     skrll 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    972   1.1     skrll 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
    973   1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
    974   1.1     skrll 	  saw_comma = 1;
    975   1.1     skrll 	  break;
    976  1.10  christos 
    977   1.1     skrll 	case '(':
    978   1.1     skrll 	  {
    979   1.1     skrll 	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
    980   1.1     skrll 
    981   1.1     skrll 	    /* First try for parenthesized register ...  */
    982   1.1     skrll 	    expression (tok);
    983   1.1     skrll 	    resolve_register (tok);
    984   1.1     skrll 	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
    985   1.1     skrll 	      {
    986   1.1     skrll 		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
    987   1.1     skrll 		saw_comma = 0;
    988   1.1     skrll 		saw_arg = 1;
    989   1.1     skrll 		++input_line_pointer;
    990   1.7  christos 		++tok;
    991   1.1     skrll 		break;
    992   1.1     skrll 	      }
    993   1.1     skrll 
    994   1.1     skrll 	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression.  */
    995   1.1     skrll 	    input_line_pointer = hold;
    996   1.1     skrll 	  }
    997   1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
    998   1.1     skrll 
    999   1.1     skrll 	default:
   1000  1.10  christos 	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
   1001  1.10  christos 	    goto err;
   1002   1.1     skrll 
   1003   1.1     skrll 	  expression (tok);
   1004   1.1     skrll 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
   1005   1.1     skrll 	    goto err;
   1006   1.1     skrll 
   1007   1.1     skrll 	  resolve_register (tok);
   1008   1.1     skrll 
   1009   1.9  christos 	  saw_comma = 0;
   1010   1.1     skrll 	  saw_arg = 1;
   1011   1.1     skrll 	  ++tok;
   1012   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1013   1.1     skrll 	}
   1014   1.1     skrll     }
   1015   1.1     skrll 
   1016   1.1     skrll  fini:
   1017   1.1     skrll   if (saw_comma)
   1018  1.11  christos     goto err;
   1019   1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1020   1.1     skrll 
   1021   1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
   1022   1.1     skrll   debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
   1023   1.9  christos #endif
   1024   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1025  1.11  christos   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] &= ~LEX_EOS;
   1026   1.1     skrll #endif
   1027   1.1     skrll 
   1028   1.1     skrll   return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
   1029   1.1     skrll 
   1030   1.1     skrll  err:
   1031   1.9  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1032  1.11  christos   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] &= ~LEX_EOS;
   1033   1.1     skrll #endif
   1034   1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1035   1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
   1036   1.1     skrll 
   1037   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1038   1.1     skrll  err_report:
   1039   1.1     skrll   lex_type[(unsigned char) '!'] &= ~LEX_EOS;
   1040   1.1     skrll #endif
   1041   1.1     skrll   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1042   1.1     skrll   return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
   1043   1.1     skrll }
   1044   1.1     skrll 
   1045   1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1046   1.1     skrll    syntax match.  */
   1047   1.1     skrll 
   1048   1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
   1049   1.1     skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
   1050   1.1     skrll 		   const expressionS *tok,
   1051   1.1     skrll 		   int *pntok,
   1052   1.1     skrll 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1053   1.1     skrll {
   1054   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
   1055   1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   1056   1.1     skrll   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1057   1.1     skrll 
   1058   1.1     skrll   do
   1059   1.1     skrll     {
   1060   1.1     skrll       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1061   1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   1062   1.1     skrll 
   1063   1.1     skrll       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture.  */
   1064   1.1     skrll       if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
   1065   1.1     skrll 	goto match_failed;
   1066   1.1     skrll 
   1067   1.1     skrll       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1068   1.1     skrll 
   1069   1.1     skrll       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1070   1.1     skrll 	{
   1071   1.1     skrll 	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
   1072   1.1     skrll 
   1073   1.1     skrll 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1074   1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1075   1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1076   1.1     skrll 
   1077   1.1     skrll 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1078   1.1     skrll 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1079   1.1     skrll 	    {
   1080   1.1     skrll 	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
   1081   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1082   1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   1083   1.1     skrll 	    }
   1084   1.1     skrll 
   1085   1.1     skrll 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1086   1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1087   1.1     skrll 	    {
   1088   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
   1089   1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1090   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1091   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1092   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1093   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
   1094   1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1095   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1096   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1097   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1098   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
   1099   1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   1100   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1101   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1102   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1103   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
   1104   1.1     skrll 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   1105   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1106   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   1107   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1108   1.1     skrll 
   1109   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
   1110   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1111   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1112   1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1113   1.1     skrll 		{
   1114   1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   1115   1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   1116   1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   1117   1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   1118   1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   1119   1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   1120   1.1     skrll 
   1121   1.1     skrll 		default:
   1122   1.1     skrll 		  break;
   1123   1.1     skrll 		}
   1124   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1125   1.1     skrll 
   1126   1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1127   1.1     skrll 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1128   1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1129   1.1     skrll 	    }
   1130   1.1     skrll 	  ++tokidx;
   1131   1.1     skrll 	}
   1132   1.1     skrll 
   1133   1.1     skrll       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1134   1.1     skrll       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1135   1.1     skrll 	{
   1136   1.1     skrll 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1137   1.1     skrll 	  return opcode;
   1138   1.1     skrll 	}
   1139   1.1     skrll 
   1140   1.1     skrll     match_failed:;
   1141   1.1     skrll     }
   1142   1.1     skrll   while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
   1143   1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
   1144   1.1     skrll 
   1145   1.1     skrll   if (*pcpumatch)
   1146   1.1     skrll     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1147   1.1     skrll 
   1148   1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   1149   1.1     skrll }
   1150   1.1     skrll 
   1151   1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
   1152   1.1     skrll    the insn, but do not emit it.
   1153   1.1     skrll 
   1154   1.1     skrll    Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
   1155   1.1     skrll    than one insn in an insn structure.  */
   1156   1.1     skrll 
   1157   1.1     skrll static void
   1158   1.1     skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
   1159  1.11  christos 			 const expressionS *tok,
   1160   1.1     skrll 			 int ntok,
   1161   1.1     skrll 			 struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1162   1.1     skrll {
   1163   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   1164   1.1     skrll 
   1165   1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   1166   1.1     skrll   opcode = str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   1167   1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   1168   1.1     skrll     {
   1169   1.1     skrll       int cpumatch;
   1170   1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   1171   1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   1172   1.1     skrll 	{
   1173   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   1174   1.1     skrll 	  return;
   1175   1.1     skrll 	}
   1176   1.1     skrll       else if (cpumatch)
   1177   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1178   1.1     skrll       else
   1179   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   1180   1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   1181   1.1     skrll     }
   1182   1.1     skrll   else
   1183   1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1184   1.1     skrll }
   1185   1.1     skrll 
   1186   1.1     skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
   1187   1.1     skrll    .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
   1188   1.1     skrll 
   1189   1.1     skrll static void
   1190   1.1     skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
   1191   1.1     skrll 			segT *secp,
   1192   1.1     skrll 			symbolS **symp)
   1193   1.8  christos {
   1194   1.8  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   1195   1.8  christos   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   1196   1.1     skrll   segT new_sec;
   1197   1.1     skrll 
   1198   1.1     skrll   *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   1199   1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   1200   1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_alignment (new_sec, 4);
   1201   1.1     skrll   bfd_set_section_flags (new_sec, (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   1202   1.1     skrll 				   | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA));
   1203   1.1     skrll 
   1204   1.1     skrll   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
   1205   1.1     skrll }
   1206   1.1     skrll 
   1207   1.1     skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
   1208   1.1     skrll 
   1209   1.1     skrll    If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
   1210   1.1     skrll    O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
   1211   1.1     skrll    instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
   1212   1.1     skrll    the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
   1213   1.1     skrll 
   1214   1.1     skrll    In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
   1215   1.1     skrll    expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
   1216   1.1     skrll    alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
   1217   1.1     skrll    so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
   1218   1.1     skrll    i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
   1219   1.1     skrll    but this is what OSF/1 does.
   1220   1.1     skrll 
   1221   1.1     skrll    If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
   1222   1.1     skrll    and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
   1223   1.1     skrll 
   1224   1.1     skrll    Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
   1225   1.3  christos    a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
   1226   1.3  christos    sequence number to use.  */
   1227   1.1     skrll 
   1228   1.1     skrll static long
   1229   1.1     skrll load_expression (int targreg,
   1230   1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *exp,
   1231   1.1     skrll 		 int *pbasereg,
   1232   1.1     skrll 		 expressionS *poffset,
   1233   1.1     skrll 		 const char *opname)
   1234   1.1     skrll {
   1235   1.1     skrll   long emit_lituse = 0;
   1236   1.1     skrll   offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
   1237   1.1     skrll   int basereg = *pbasereg;
   1238   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   1239   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1240   1.1     skrll 
   1241   1.1     skrll   switch (exp->X_op)
   1242   1.1     skrll     {
   1243   1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   1244   1.1     skrll       {
   1245   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1246   1.1     skrll 	offsetT lit;
   1247   1.1     skrll 
   1248   1.1     skrll 	/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
   1249   1.1     skrll 	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
   1250   1.1     skrll 	   which we'd fail.  */
   1251   1.1     skrll 	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
   1252   1.1     skrll 	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
   1253   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1254   1.1     skrll 	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
   1255   1.1     skrll 				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1256   1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1257   1.1     skrll 	  }
   1258   1.1     skrll 	else
   1259   1.1     skrll 	  lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
   1260   1.1     skrll 				     alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1261   1.1     skrll 
   1262   1.1     skrll 	if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1263   1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1264   1.1     skrll 
   1265   1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)".  */
   1266   1.1     skrll 
   1267   1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1268   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1269   1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1270   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1271   1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1272   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1273   1.1     skrll 
   1274   1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1275   1.1     skrll 	  }
   1276   1.1     skrll 	else
   1277   1.3  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1278   1.1     skrll 
   1279   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
   1280   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1281   1.1     skrll 
   1282   1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1283   1.1     skrll 
   1284   1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1285   1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1286   1.1     skrll 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1287   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   1288   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1289   1.1     skrll 	/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)".  */
   1290   1.1     skrll 
   1291   1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1292   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1293   1.1     skrll 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1294   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1295   1.1     skrll 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1296   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1297   1.1     skrll 
   1298   1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1299   1.1     skrll 	  }
   1300   1.1     skrll 	else
   1301   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1302   1.1     skrll 
   1303   1.1     skrll 	/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
   1304   1.1     skrll 	   better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler.  This happens
   1305   1.1     skrll 	   very infrequently anyway.  */
   1306   1.1     skrll 	if (1
   1307   1.1     skrll 	    || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
   1308   1.1     skrll 		&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
   1309   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1310   1.1     skrll 	    newtok[1] = *exp;
   1311   1.1     skrll 	    addend = 0;
   1312   1.1     skrll 	  }
   1313   1.3  christos 	else
   1314   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1315   1.1     skrll 
   1316   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1317   1.1     skrll 
   1318   1.1     skrll 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1319   1.1     skrll 
   1320   1.3  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1321   1.1     skrll 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1322   1.3  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1323   1.3  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   1324   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1325   1.1     skrll 	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
   1326   1.1     skrll 
   1327   1.1     skrll 	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   1328   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1329   1.1     skrll             /* Linkage-relative expression.  */
   1330   1.1     skrll             set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1331   1.1     skrll 
   1332   1.1     skrll 	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
   1333   1.1     skrll 	      {
   1334   1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
   1335   1.3  christos 		addend = 0;
   1336   1.1     skrll 	      }
   1337   1.1     skrll 	    else
   1338   1.1     skrll 	      {
   1339   1.3  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   1340   1.3  christos 	      }
   1341   1.3  christos             set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1342   1.3  christos             assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1343   1.3  christos 	  }
   1344   1.3  christos 	else
   1345   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1346   1.3  christos 	    const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1347   1.3  christos 	    const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
   1348   1.3  christos 	    int symlen = strlen (symname);
   1349   1.3  christos 
   1350   1.3  christos 	    if ((symlen > 4 &&
   1351   1.3  christos 		 strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   1352   1.3  christos 	      {
   1353   1.3  christos                 /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
   1354   1.3  christos                    section.  Just read the address.  */
   1355   1.3  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1356   1.3  christos 
   1357   1.3  christos 		newtok[1] = *exp;
   1358   1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
   1359   1.3  christos 		newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1360   1.3  christos 
   1361   1.3  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1362   1.3  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1363   1.3  christos 		alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
   1364   1.3  christos 
   1365   1.3  christos 		if (poffset)
   1366   1.3  christos 		  set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1367   1.3  christos 
   1368   1.3  christos 		if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
   1369   1.3  christos 		  {
   1370   1.3  christos                     /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'.  */
   1371   1.6  christos 		    char *ensymname;
   1372   1.3  christos 		    symbolS *ensym;
   1373   1.3  christos 
   1374   1.3  christos                     /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   1375   1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1376   1.3  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1377   1.3  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1378   1.6  christos 		    ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
   1379   1.4  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1380   1.3  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
   1381   1.3  christos 
   1382   1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1383   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
   1384   1.3  christos 		    ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   1385   1.3  christos 		    free (ensymname);
   1386   1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (ensym);
   1387   1.3  christos 		    /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
   1388   1.3  christos 		       case in emit_jsrjmp.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
   1389   1.3  christos 		       Utility Manual.  */
   1390   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   1391   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
   1392   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1393   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1394   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1395   1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1396   1.3  christos 
   1397   1.3  christos 		    /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
   1398   1.3  christos 		       too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc.  */
   1399   1.3  christos 		    symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1400   1.3  christos 		  }
   1401   1.3  christos 		else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
   1402   1.3  christos 		  {
   1403   1.3  christos                     /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'.  */
   1404   1.6  christos 		    char *psymname;
   1405   1.3  christos 		    symbolS *psym;
   1406   1.3  christos 
   1407   1.3  christos                     /* Extract NAME.  */
   1408   1.3  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1409   1.6  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1410   1.4  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1411   1.3  christos 		    psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1412   1.3  christos 
   1413   1.3  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1414   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
   1415   1.3  christos 		    psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
   1416   1.3  christos 		    free (psymname);
   1417   1.3  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (psym);
   1418   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   1419   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
   1420   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1421   1.3  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1422   1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1423   1.1     skrll 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1424   1.3  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1425   1.3  christos 		  }
   1426   1.3  christos 
   1427   1.3  christos 		emit_insn (&insn);
   1428   1.3  christos 		return 0;
   1429   1.3  christos 	      }
   1430   1.3  christos 	    else
   1431   1.4  christos 	      {
   1432   1.3  christos                 /* Not in the linkage section.  Put the value into the linkage
   1433   1.3  christos                    section.  */
   1434   1.3  christos 		symbolS *linkexp;
   1435   1.3  christos 
   1436   1.3  christos 		if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1437   1.1     skrll 		  addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
   1438   1.1     skrll 		linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1439   1.1     skrll 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1440   1.1     skrll 		set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
   1441   1.1     skrll 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1442   1.1     skrll 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1443   1.1     skrll 	      }
   1444   1.1     skrll 	  }
   1445   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   1446   1.1     skrll 
   1447   1.1     skrll 	emit_insn (&insn);
   1448   1.1     skrll 
   1449   1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   1450   1.1     skrll 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1451   1.1     skrll 	  {
   1452   1.1     skrll 	    /* Emit "addq r, base, r".  */
   1453   1.1     skrll 
   1454   1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1455   1.1     skrll 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1456   1.1     skrll 	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1457   1.1     skrll 	  }
   1458   1.1     skrll #endif
   1459   1.1     skrll 	basereg = targreg;
   1460   1.1     skrll       }
   1461   1.1     skrll       break;
   1462   1.1     skrll 
   1463   1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   1464   1.1     skrll       break;
   1465   1.1     skrll 
   1466   1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   1467   1.1     skrll       /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
   1468   1.1     skrll 	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits.  */
   1469   1.1     skrll 
   1470   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1471   1.1     skrll       newtok[1] = *exp;
   1472   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1473   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   1474   1.1     skrll 
   1475   1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1476   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1477   1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1478   1.1     skrll 
   1479   1.1     skrll     case O_big:
   1480   1.1     skrll       if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
   1481   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
   1482   1.1     skrll       else
   1483   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
   1484   1.1     skrll       addend = 0;
   1485   1.1     skrll       break;
   1486   1.1     skrll 
   1487   1.1     skrll     default:
   1488   1.3  christos       as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
   1489   1.3  christos       addend = 0;
   1490   1.3  christos       break;
   1491   1.1     skrll     }
   1492   1.1     skrll 
   1493   1.3  christos   if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1494   1.1     skrll     {
   1495   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1496   1.1     skrll       symbolS *litexp;
   1497   1.1     skrll #else
   1498   1.4  christos       offsetT lit;
   1499   1.1     skrll       long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
   1500   1.3  christos #endif
   1501   1.1     skrll 
   1502   1.1     skrll       /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool.  */
   1503   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1504   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)".  */
   1505   1.1     skrll       litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
   1506   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1507   1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
   1508   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1509   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1510   1.1     skrll #else
   1511   1.1     skrll 
   1512   1.1     skrll       if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
   1513   1.1     skrll 	{
   1514   1.1     skrll 	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
   1515   1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_section,
   1516   1.1     skrll 				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
   1517   1.1     skrll 
   1518   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1519   1.1     skrll 	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
   1520   1.1     skrll 						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1521   1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
   1522   1.1     skrll 	    as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1523   1.1     skrll #endif
   1524   1.1     skrll 	}
   1525   1.1     skrll 
   1526   1.1     skrll       lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
   1527   1.1     skrll       if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1528   1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
   1529   1.1     skrll 
   1530   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000".  */
   1531   1.1     skrll 
   1532   1.1     skrll       if (targreg == basereg)
   1533   1.1     skrll 	{
   1534   1.1     skrll 	  if (alpha_noat_on)
   1535   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1536   1.1     skrll 	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1537   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1538   1.1     skrll 
   1539   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1540   1.1     skrll 	}
   1541   1.1     skrll       else
   1542   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1543   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1544   1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
   1545   1.1     skrll #endif
   1546   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1547   1.1     skrll       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
   1548   1.1     skrll #endif
   1549   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1550   1.1     skrll 
   1551   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1552   1.1     skrll 
   1553   1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1554   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1555   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1556   1.1     skrll #endif
   1557   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1558   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1559   1.1     skrll #endif
   1560   1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1561   1.1     skrll 
   1562   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1563   1.1     skrll 
   1564   1.3  christos       /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)".  */
   1565   1.1     skrll 
   1566   1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
   1567   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
   1568   1.1     skrll 
   1569   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1570   1.1     skrll 
   1571   1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1572   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   1573   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   1574   1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   1575   1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1576   1.1     skrll       emit_lituse = 0;
   1577   1.1     skrll 
   1578   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   1579   1.1     skrll 
   1580   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target".  */
   1581   1.1     skrll 
   1582   1.1     skrll       if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1583   1.1     skrll 	{
   1584   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1585   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1586   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1587   1.1     skrll 	}
   1588   1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   1589   1.1     skrll 
   1590   1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1591   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1592   1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = targreg;
   1593   1.1     skrll     }
   1594   1.1     skrll   else
   1595   1.1     skrll     {
   1596   1.1     skrll       offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
   1597   1.1     skrll 
   1598   1.1     skrll       /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend.  */
   1599   1.1     skrll 
   1600   1.1     skrll       low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
   1601   1.1     skrll       tmp = addend - low;
   1602   1.1     skrll       high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1603   1.1     skrll 
   1604   1.1     skrll       if (tmp - (high << 16))
   1605   1.1     skrll 	{
   1606   1.1     skrll 	  extra = 0x4000;
   1607   1.1     skrll 	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
   1608   1.1     skrll 	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1609   1.1     skrll 	}
   1610   1.1     skrll       else
   1611   1.1     skrll 	extra = 0;
   1612   1.1     skrll 
   1613   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1614   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1615   1.1     skrll 
   1616   1.1     skrll       if (extra)
   1617   1.1     skrll 	{
   1618   1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r).  */
   1619   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
   1620   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1621   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
   1622   1.1     skrll 	}
   1623   1.1     skrll 
   1624   1.1     skrll       if (high)
   1625   1.1     skrll 	{
   1626   1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "ldah r, high(r).  */
   1627   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
   1628   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1629   1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1630   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1631   1.1     skrll 	}
   1632   1.1     skrll 
   1633   1.1     skrll       if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
   1634   1.1     skrll 	{
   1635   1.1     skrll 	  /* Emit "lda r, low(base)".  */
   1636   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
   1637   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
   1638   1.1     skrll 	  basereg = targreg;
   1639   1.1     skrll 	  low = 0;
   1640   1.1     skrll 	}
   1641   1.1     skrll 
   1642   1.1     skrll       if (poffset)
   1643   1.1     skrll 	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
   1644   1.1     skrll       *pbasereg = basereg;
   1645   1.1     skrll     }
   1646   1.1     skrll 
   1647   1.1     skrll   return emit_lituse;
   1648   1.1     skrll }
   1649   1.1     skrll 
   1650  1.11  christos /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
   1651   1.1     skrll    most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
   1652   1.1     skrll    large constants.  */
   1653   1.1     skrll 
   1654   1.1     skrll static void
   1655   1.1     skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
   1656   1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   1657   1.1     skrll 	  alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1658   1.1     skrll {
   1659   1.3  christos   int basereg;
   1660   1.1     skrll 
   1661   1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   1662   1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   1663   1.1     skrll   else
   1664   1.1     skrll     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   1665   1.1     skrll 
   1666   1.1     skrll   (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   1667   1.1     skrll }
   1668  1.11  christos 
   1669   1.1     skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
   1670   1.1     skrll    as an implied base register.  */
   1671   1.1     skrll 
   1672   1.1     skrll static void
   1673   1.1     skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
   1674   1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1675   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1676   1.1     skrll {
   1677   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   1678   1.1     skrll 
   1679   1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   1680   1.1     skrll   newtok[1] = tok[1];
   1681   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
   1682   1.1     skrll 
   1683   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1684   1.1     skrll }
   1685   1.1     skrll 
   1686   1.1     skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
   1687   1.1     skrll    of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
   1688   1.1     skrll    says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
   1689   1.1     skrll    feature wrt labels.  */
   1690   1.1     skrll 
   1691   1.1     skrll static void
   1692   1.1     skrll alpha_align (int n,
   1693   1.1     skrll 	     char *pfill,
   1694   1.1     skrll 	     symbolS *label,
   1695   1.1     skrll 	     int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1696   1.1     skrll {
   1697   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align >= n)
   1698   1.1     skrll     return;
   1699   1.1     skrll 
   1700   1.1     skrll   if (pfill == NULL)
   1701   1.1     skrll     {
   1702   1.1     skrll       if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
   1703   1.1     skrll 	frag_align_code (n, 0);
   1704   1.1     skrll       else
   1705   1.1     skrll 	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
   1706   1.1     skrll     }
   1707   1.1     skrll   else
   1708  1.11  christos     frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
   1709   1.1     skrll 
   1710   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = n;
   1711   1.1     skrll 
   1712   1.1     skrll   if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
   1713   1.1     skrll     {
   1714   1.1     skrll       symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
   1715   1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (label, frag_now_fix ());
   1716   1.1     skrll     }
   1717   1.1     skrll 
   1718   1.1     skrll   record_alignment (now_seg, n);
   1719   1.1     skrll 
   1720   1.1     skrll   /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
   1721   1.1     skrll      in a reloc for the linker to see.  */
   1722   1.1     skrll }
   1723   1.1     skrll 
   1724   1.1     skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1725   1.1     skrll 
   1726   1.1     skrll static void
   1727  1.11  christos emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1728   1.1     skrll {
   1729   1.1     skrll   char *f;
   1730   1.1     skrll   int i;
   1731   1.1     skrll 
   1732   1.1     skrll   /* Take care of alignment duties.  */
   1733   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   1734   1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   1735   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   1736   1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   1737   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   1738   1.1     skrll 
   1739   1.1     skrll   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1740   1.1     skrll   f = frag_more (4);
   1741   1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1742   1.1     skrll 
   1743  1.11  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1744   1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1745   1.1     skrll #endif
   1746   1.1     skrll 
   1747   1.1     skrll   /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1748   1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
   1749   1.1     skrll     {
   1750   1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = NULL;
   1751   1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1752   1.1     skrll       struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
   1753   1.1     skrll       int size, pcrel;
   1754   1.1     skrll       fixS *fixP;
   1755   1.1     skrll 
   1756   1.1     skrll       /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto.  */
   1757   1.1     skrll       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1758   1.1     skrll 	{
   1759   1.1     skrll 	  operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
   1760   1.1     skrll 	  size = 4;
   1761   1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
   1762   1.1     skrll 	}
   1763   1.1     skrll       else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
   1764   1.1     skrll 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
   1765   1.3  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
   1766  1.11  christos 	{
   1767   1.3  christos 	  size = 2;
   1768   1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = 0;
   1769   1.1     skrll 	}
   1770   1.1     skrll       else
   1771   1.3  christos 	{
   1772   1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1773   1.3  christos 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixup->reloc);
   1774   1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1775   1.3  christos 
   1776   1.3  christos 	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
   1777   1.3  christos 
   1778   1.3  christos 	  switch (fixup->reloc)
   1779   1.3  christos 	    {
   1780   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1781   1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1782   1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1783   1.5  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1784   1.1     skrll 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1785   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1786   1.1     skrll #endif
   1787   1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1788  1.11  christos 	      gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
   1789   1.1     skrll 	    }
   1790   1.1     skrll 
   1791   1.1     skrll 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1792   1.1     skrll 	}
   1793   1.1     skrll 
   1794   1.1     skrll       fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
   1795   1.1     skrll 			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
   1796   1.1     skrll 
   1797   1.1     skrll       /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
   1798   1.1     skrll          and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations.  */
   1799   1.1     skrll       switch (fixup->reloc)
   1800   1.1     skrll 	{
   1801   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   1802   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   1803   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   1804   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   1805   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   1806   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   1807   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   1808   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   1809   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   1810   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   1811   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   1812   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   1813   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   1814   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1815   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1816   1.1     skrll 
   1817   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   1818   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1819   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1820   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   1821   1.1     skrll 
   1822   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1823   1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_master > 1)
   1824   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1825   1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1826   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1827   1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1828   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1829   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1830   1.1     skrll 
   1831   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   1832   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1833   1.1     skrll 
   1834   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1835   1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1836   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1837   1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1838   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1839   1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1840   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1841   1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1842   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1843   1.1     skrll 
   1844   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   1845   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   1846   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1847   1.1     skrll 
   1848   1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1849   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1850   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1851   1.1     skrll 	  info->master = fixP;
   1852   1.1     skrll 	  info->n_master++;
   1853   1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1854   1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1855   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1856   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1857   1.1     skrll 
   1858   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1859   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
   1860   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
   1861   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1862   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
   1863   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
   1864   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1865   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
   1866   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
   1867   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1868   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
   1869   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
   1870   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1871   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
   1872   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
   1873   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1874   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
   1875   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
   1876   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1877   1.1     skrll 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
   1878   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
   1879   1.1     skrll 	  goto do_lituse;
   1880   1.1     skrll 	do_lituse:
   1881   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1882   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
   1883   1.1     skrll 
   1884   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1885   1.1     skrll 	  if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
   1886   1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
   1887   1.1     skrll 	  else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
   1888   1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
   1889   1.1     skrll 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1890   1.1     skrll 	    {
   1891   1.1     skrll 	      if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
   1892   1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
   1893   1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1894   1.1     skrll 	      else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
   1895   1.1     skrll 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
   1896   1.1     skrll 		        insn->sequence);
   1897   1.1     skrll 	    }
   1898   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1899   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
   1900   1.1     skrll 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1901   1.1     skrll 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1902   1.1     skrll 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1903   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1904   1.1     skrll 
   1905   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   1906   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1907   1.1     skrll 
   1908   1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1909   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1910   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1911   1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1912   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1913   1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1914   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
   1915   1.1     skrll 		    insn->sequence);
   1916   1.1     skrll 	  else
   1917   1.1     skrll 	    info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
   1918   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1919   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1920   1.1     skrll 
   1921   1.1     skrll 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   1922   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1923   1.1     skrll 
   1924   1.1     skrll 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1925   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1926   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1927   1.1     skrll 	  if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1928   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1929   1.1     skrll 	  else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1930   1.3  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
   1931   1.3  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1932   1.3  christos 	  else
   1933   1.3  christos 	    info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
   1934   1.3  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1935   1.3  christos 	  break;
   1936   1.3  christos #endif
   1937   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1938   1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1939   1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1940   1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1941   1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1942   1.1     skrll 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   1943   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1944   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
   1945   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
   1946   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1947   1.1     skrll #endif
   1948   1.1     skrll 
   1949   1.1     skrll 	default:
   1950   1.1     skrll 	  if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1951   1.1     skrll 	    {
   1952   1.1     skrll 	      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
   1953   1.1     skrll 		fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1954   1.1     skrll 	    }
   1955   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1956   1.1     skrll 	}
   1957   1.1     skrll     }
   1958   1.1     skrll }
   1959   1.6  christos 
   1960   1.1     skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   1961   1.1     skrll 
   1962   1.9  christos static unsigned
   1963   1.1     skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   1964   1.1     skrll 		const struct alpha_operand *operand,
   1965   1.1     skrll 		offsetT val,
   1966   1.1     skrll 		const char *file,
   1967   1.1     skrll 		unsigned line)
   1968   1.1     skrll {
   1969   1.1     skrll   if (!(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
   1970   1.1     skrll     {
   1971   1.1     skrll       offsetT min, max;
   1972   1.1     skrll 
   1973   1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1974   1.1     skrll 	{
   1975   1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1976   1.1     skrll 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1977   1.1     skrll 	}
   1978   1.4  christos       else
   1979   1.1     skrll 	{
   1980   1.1     skrll 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1981   1.1     skrll 	  min = 0;
   1982   1.1     skrll 	}
   1983   1.1     skrll 
   1984   1.1     skrll       if (val < min || val > max)
   1985   1.1     skrll 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
   1986   1.1     skrll     }
   1987   1.2       snj 
   1988   1.1     skrll   if (operand->insert)
   1989   1.1     skrll     {
   1990   1.1     skrll       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   1991   1.1     skrll 
   1992   1.1     skrll       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   1993   1.1     skrll       if (errmsg)
   1994   1.1     skrll 	as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   1995   1.1     skrll     }
   1996   1.1     skrll   else
   1997   1.1     skrll     insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   1998   1.1     skrll 
   1999   1.1     skrll   return insn;
   2000   1.1     skrll }
   2001   1.1     skrll 
   2002   1.1     skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   2003   1.3  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   2004   1.1     skrll 
   2005   1.1     skrll static void
   2006   1.1     skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
   2007   1.1     skrll 	       const expressionS *tok,
   2008   1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2009   1.1     skrll 	       struct alpha_insn *insn,
   2010   1.1     skrll 	       extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2011   1.1     skrll {
   2012   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
   2013   1.1     skrll   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   2014   1.1     skrll   const unsigned char *argidx;
   2015   1.1     skrll   unsigned image;
   2016   1.1     skrll   int tokidx = 0;
   2017  1.11  christos 
   2018   1.1     skrll   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   2019   1.1     skrll   image = opcode->opcode;
   2020   1.1     skrll 
   2021   1.1     skrll   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   2022   1.1     skrll     {
   2023   1.1     skrll       const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
   2024   1.1     skrll       const expressionS *t = NULL;
   2025   1.1     skrll 
   2026   1.1     skrll       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   2027   1.1     skrll 	{
   2028   1.1     skrll 	  /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup.  */
   2029   1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
   2030   1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   2031   1.1     skrll 	}
   2032   1.1     skrll 
   2033   1.1     skrll       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   2034   1.1     skrll 	{
   2035   1.1     skrll 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
   2036   1.1     skrll 	    {
   2037   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
   2038   1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[0];
   2039   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2040   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
   2041   1.1     skrll 	      t = &tok[1];
   2042   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2043   1.1     skrll 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
   2044   1.1     skrll 	      {
   2045   1.1     skrll 		static expressionS zero_exp;
   2046   1.1     skrll 		t = &zero_exp;
   2047   1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
   2048   1.1     skrll 		zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
   2049   1.1     skrll 	      }
   2050   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2051   1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2052   1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   2053   1.1     skrll 	    }
   2054   1.1     skrll 	}
   2055   1.1     skrll       else
   2056   1.1     skrll 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   2057   1.1     skrll 
   2058   1.1     skrll       switch (t->X_op)
   2059   1.1     skrll 	{
   2060   1.1     skrll 	case O_register:
   2061   1.1     skrll 	case O_pregister:
   2062   1.3  christos 	case O_cpregister:
   2063   1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   2064   1.1     skrll 				  NULL, 0);
   2065   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2066   1.1     skrll 
   2067   1.1     skrll 	case O_constant:
   2068   1.1     skrll 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   2069   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2070   1.1     skrll 	  reloc_operand = operand;
   2071   1.1     skrll 	  reloc_exp = t;
   2072   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2073   1.1     skrll 
   2074   1.1     skrll 	default:
   2075   1.1     skrll 	  /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
   2076   1.1     skrll 	     which means this pattern shouldn't have matched.  */
   2077   1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2078   1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   2079   1.1     skrll 
   2080   1.1     skrll 	  /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
   2081   1.1     skrll 	     relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
   2082   1.1     skrll 	     override the operand reloc.  */
   2083   1.1     skrll 	  if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
   2084   1.1     skrll 	    {
   2085   1.1     skrll 	      struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2086   1.1     skrll 
   2087   1.1     skrll 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2088   1.1     skrll 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2089   1.1     skrll 
   2090   1.1     skrll 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2091   1.1     skrll 	      fixup->exp = *t;
   2092   1.3  christos 	      fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
   2093   1.1     skrll 	    }
   2094   1.1     skrll 	  else
   2095   1.1     skrll 	    {
   2096   1.1     skrll 	      if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2097   1.1     skrll 		reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   2098   1.1     skrll 
   2099   1.1     skrll 	      gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2100   1.1     skrll 	      reloc_operand = operand;
   2101   1.1     skrll 	      reloc_exp = t;
   2102   1.1     skrll 	    }
   2103   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2104   1.1     skrll 	}
   2105   1.1     skrll     }
   2106   1.1     skrll 
   2107   1.1     skrll   if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2108   1.1     skrll     {
   2109   1.1     skrll       struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2110   1.1     skrll 
   2111   1.1     skrll       if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2112   1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2113   1.1     skrll 
   2114   1.1     skrll       /* ??? My but this is hacky.  But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
   2115   1.1     skrll 	 relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp.  Choose the
   2116   1.1     skrll 	 correct internal relocation based on the opcode.  */
   2117   1.1     skrll       if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
   2118   1.1     skrll 	{
   2119   1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
   2120   1.1     skrll 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2121   1.3  christos 	  else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
   2122   1.5  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2123   1.3  christos 	  else
   2124   1.1     skrll 	    as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
   2125   1.1     skrll 	}
   2126  1.11  christos 
   2127   1.1     skrll       /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
   2128   1.1     skrll 	 the relocation width should match the operand width.
   2129   1.1     skrll 	 Take care of -MDISP in operand table.  */
   2130   1.1     skrll       else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
   2131   1.1     skrll 	{
   2132   1.1     skrll 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   2133   1.1     skrll 	    = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, reloc);
   2134   1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc_operand == NULL
   2135   1.1     skrll 	      || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
   2136   1.1     skrll 	    {
   2137   1.1     skrll 	      as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
   2138   1.1     skrll 	      return;
   2139   1.1     skrll 	    }
   2140   1.1     skrll 	}
   2141   1.1     skrll 
   2142   1.1     skrll       fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2143   1.1     skrll       if (reloc_exp)
   2144   1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   2145   1.1     skrll       else
   2146   1.1     skrll 	fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2147   1.1     skrll       fixup->reloc = reloc;
   2148   1.1     skrll     }
   2149   1.1     skrll 
   2150   1.1     skrll   insn->insn = image;
   2151   1.1     skrll }
   2152   1.1     skrll 
   2153  1.11  christos /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
   2154   1.1     skrll    etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
   2155   1.1     skrll    expressions like the lda macro.  */
   2156   1.1     skrll 
   2157   1.1     skrll static void
   2158   1.1     skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
   2159   1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   2160   1.3  christos 	      alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2161   1.3  christos {
   2162   1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2163   1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2164   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2165   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2166   1.1     skrll   const char *symname
   2167   1.1     skrll     = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
   2168   1.3  christos   int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2169  1.11  christos 
   2170   1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2171   1.3  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2172   1.3  christos   else
   2173   1.3  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2174   1.5  christos 
   2175   1.1     skrll   lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
   2176   1.1     skrll 			    &basereg, &newtok[1], opname.p);
   2177   1.1     skrll 
   2178  1.11  christos   if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
   2179   1.1     skrll       (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   2180   1.1     skrll     return;
   2181   1.1     skrll 
   2182   1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2183   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2184   1.1     skrll 
   2185   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname.p, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2186   1.1     skrll 
   2187   1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2188   1.1     skrll     {
   2189   1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2190   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2191   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2192   1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2193   1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2194   1.1     skrll     }
   2195   1.1     skrll 
   2196   1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2197   1.1     skrll }
   2198  1.11  christos 
   2199   1.1     skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
   2200   1.1     skrll    Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
   2201   1.1     skrll 
   2202   1.1     skrll static void
   2203   1.1     skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
   2204   1.1     skrll 		int ntok,
   2205   1.1     skrll 		alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2206   1.1     skrll {
   2207   1.1     skrll   int basereg;
   2208   1.1     skrll   long lituse;
   2209   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2210   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2211   1.1     skrll 
   2212   1.1     skrll   if (ntok == 2)
   2213   1.1     skrll     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2214   1.1     skrll   else
   2215   1.5  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2216  1.11  christos 
   2217   1.1     skrll   if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
   2218   1.1     skrll     {
   2219   1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2220   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2221   1.1     skrll 
   2222   1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
   2223   1.1     skrll 				&basereg, &newtok[1], opname.p);
   2224   1.1     skrll     }
   2225   1.1     skrll   else
   2226   1.1     skrll     {
   2227  1.11  christos       newtok[1] = tok[1];
   2228   1.1     skrll       lituse = 0;
   2229   1.1     skrll     }
   2230   1.1     skrll 
   2231   1.3  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2232   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2233   1.1     skrll 
   2234   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname.p, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2235   1.1     skrll 
   2236   1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2237   1.1     skrll     {
   2238   1.1     skrll       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2239   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2240   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2241   1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2242   1.1     skrll       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2243   1.1     skrll     }
   2244   1.1     skrll 
   2245   1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2246  1.11  christos }
   2247   1.1     skrll 
   2248   1.1     skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
   2249  1.11  christos 
   2250   1.1     skrll static void
   2251   1.1     skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2252   1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2253   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2254   1.1     skrll {
   2255   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2256   1.1     skrll     emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, (alpha_macro_arg) { ldXu_op[lgsize.i] });
   2257   1.1     skrll   else
   2258   1.1     skrll     {
   2259   1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2260   1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2261   1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2262   1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2263   1.1     skrll 
   2264   1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2265   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2266   1.1     skrll 
   2267   1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2268   1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2269   1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2270   1.1     skrll       else
   2271   1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2272   1.1     skrll 
   2273   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2274   1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2275   1.1     skrll 
   2276   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)".  */
   2277   1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2278   1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2279   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2280   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2281   1.1     skrll 
   2282   1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2283   1.1     skrll 	{
   2284   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2285   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2286   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2287   1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2288   1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2289  1.11  christos 	}
   2290   1.1     skrll 
   2291   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2292   1.1     skrll 
   2293   1.3  christos       /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ".  */
   2294   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2295   1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2296   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2297   1.1     skrll 
   2298   1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2299   1.1     skrll 	{
   2300   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2301   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2302   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2303   1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2304   1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2305   1.1     skrll 	}
   2306   1.1     skrll 
   2307   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2308   1.1     skrll     }
   2309  1.11  christos }
   2310   1.1     skrll 
   2311  1.11  christos /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
   2312  1.11  christos 
   2313   1.1     skrll static void
   2314   1.1     skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2315   1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2316   1.1     skrll 	  alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2317   1.1     skrll {
   2318   1.1     skrll   emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, lgsize);
   2319   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize.i], tok, 1, 1);
   2320   1.1     skrll }
   2321  1.11  christos 
   2322   1.1     skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
   2323   1.1     skrll    value.  */
   2324   1.1     skrll 
   2325   1.1     skrll static void
   2326   1.1     skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2327   1.1     skrll 	    int ntok,
   2328   1.1     skrll 	    alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2329   1.1     skrll {
   2330   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2331   1.1     skrll 
   2332   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_noat_on)
   2333   1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2334   1.1     skrll 
   2335   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2336   1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2337   1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2338   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2339   1.1     skrll 
   2340   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2341  1.11  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2342   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2343   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2344   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2345   1.1     skrll 
   2346   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2347   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2348  1.11  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize.i) - 1);
   2349   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2350   1.1     skrll 
   2351   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2352   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2353  1.11  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2354   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2355   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2356   1.1     skrll 
   2357   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2358   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2359   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2360   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2361   1.1     skrll 
   2362   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ".  */
   2363   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2364   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2365   1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[0];
   2366   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2367   1.1     skrll }
   2368   1.1     skrll 
   2369  1.11  christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
   2370   1.1     skrll    Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
   2371  1.11  christos    don't have to do the sign extension.  */
   2372  1.11  christos 
   2373   1.1     skrll static void
   2374   1.1     skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2375   1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2376   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2377   1.1     skrll {
   2378   1.1     skrll   emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, lgsize);
   2379   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize.i], tok, 1, 1);
   2380  1.11  christos }
   2381   1.1     skrll 
   2382   1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldil macro.  */
   2383   1.1     skrll 
   2384   1.1     skrll static void
   2385   1.1     skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
   2386   1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2387   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2388   1.1     skrll {
   2389   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[2];
   2390   1.1     skrll 
   2391   1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
   2392   1.1     skrll   newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2393   1.1     skrll 
   2394   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2395  1.11  christos }
   2396   1.1     skrll 
   2397   1.1     skrll /* Store a half-word or byte.  */
   2398  1.11  christos 
   2399   1.1     skrll static void
   2400   1.1     skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
   2401   1.1     skrll 	  int ntok,
   2402   1.1     skrll 	  alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2403   1.1     skrll {
   2404   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2405   1.1     skrll     emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, (alpha_macro_arg) { stX_op[lgsize.i] });
   2406   1.1     skrll   else
   2407   1.1     skrll     {
   2408   1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2409   1.1     skrll       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2410   1.1     skrll       int basereg;
   2411   1.1     skrll       long lituse;
   2412   1.1     skrll 
   2413   1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2414   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2415   1.1     skrll 
   2416   1.3  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2417   1.1     skrll 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2418   1.1     skrll 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2419   1.1     skrll       else
   2420   1.1     skrll 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2421   1.1     skrll 
   2422   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2423   1.1     skrll       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2424   1.1     skrll 
   2425   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2426   1.3  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2427   1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2428   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2429   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2430   1.1     skrll 
   2431   1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2432   1.1     skrll 	{
   2433   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2434   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2435   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2436   1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2437   1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2438   1.1     skrll 	}
   2439  1.11  christos 
   2440   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2441   1.1     skrll 
   2442   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10".  */
   2443   1.3  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2444   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2445   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2446   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2447   1.1     skrll 
   2448   1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2449   1.1     skrll 	{
   2450   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2451   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2452   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2453   1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2454   1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2455  1.11  christos 	}
   2456   1.1     skrll 
   2457   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2458   1.1     skrll 
   2459   1.3  christos       /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2460   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2461   1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2462   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2463   1.1     skrll 
   2464   1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2465   1.1     skrll 	{
   2466   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2467   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2468   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2469   1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2470   1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2471   1.1     skrll 	}
   2472   1.1     skrll 
   2473   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2474   1.1     skrll 
   2475   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9".  */
   2476   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2477   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2478   1.1     skrll 
   2479   1.3  christos       /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at).  */
   2480   1.1     skrll       set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
   2481   1.1     skrll       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2482   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2483   1.1     skrll 
   2484   1.1     skrll       if (lituse)
   2485   1.1     skrll 	{
   2486   1.1     skrll 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2487   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2488   1.1     skrll 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2489   1.1     skrll 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2490   1.1     skrll 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2491   1.1     skrll 	}
   2492   1.1     skrll 
   2493   1.1     skrll       emit_insn (&insn);
   2494   1.1     skrll     }
   2495  1.11  christos }
   2496   1.1     skrll 
   2497   1.1     skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
   2498   1.1     skrll 
   2499   1.1     skrll static void
   2500   1.1     skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
   2501   1.1     skrll 	   int ntok,
   2502   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2503   1.1     skrll {
   2504   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2505   1.1     skrll 
   2506   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2507   1.1     skrll   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2508   1.1     skrll   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2509   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2510   1.1     skrll 
   2511   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)".  */
   2512  1.11  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2513   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2514   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2515   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2516   1.1     skrll 
   2517   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)".  */
   2518   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2519  1.11  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize.i) - 1);
   2520   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2521   1.1     skrll 
   2522   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11".  */
   2523  1.11  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2524   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2525   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
   2526   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2527   1.1     skrll 
   2528  1.11  christos   /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12".  */
   2529   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
   2530   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2531   1.1     skrll 
   2532   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2533  1.11  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2534   1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2535   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2536   1.1     skrll 
   2537   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2538   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2539   1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2540   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize.i], newtok, 3, 1);
   2541   1.1     skrll 
   2542   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9".  */
   2543   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2544   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2545   1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2546   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2547   1.1     skrll 
   2548   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10".  */
   2549  1.11  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2550   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
   2551   1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2552   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2553   1.1     skrll 
   2554   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2555   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2556   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize.i) - 1);
   2557   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2558   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2559   1.1     skrll 
   2560   1.1     skrll   /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2561   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2562   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2563   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2564   1.1     skrll }
   2565  1.11  christos 
   2566   1.1     skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
   2567   1.1     skrll    implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
   2568  1.11  christos 
   2569   1.1     skrll static void
   2570   1.1     skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
   2571  1.11  christos 	    int ntok,
   2572   1.1     skrll 	    alpha_macro_arg lgsize)
   2573   1.1     skrll {
   2574   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2575   1.1     skrll     assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize.i], tok, ntok, 0);
   2576   1.1     skrll   else
   2577   1.1     skrll     {
   2578   1.1     skrll       int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize.i);
   2579   1.1     skrll       expressionS newtok[3];
   2580   1.1     skrll 
   2581   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst".  */
   2582   1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2583   1.1     skrll       set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
   2584   1.1     skrll       newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
   2585   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
   2586   1.1     skrll 
   2587   1.1     skrll       /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst".  */
   2588   1.1     skrll       newtok[0] = newtok[2];
   2589   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
   2590   1.1     skrll     }
   2591   1.1     skrll }
   2592   1.1     skrll 
   2593   1.1     skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
   2594   1.1     skrll 
   2595   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2596  1.11  christos 
   2597   1.1     skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
   2598   1.1     skrll    Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
   2599   1.1     skrll 
   2600   1.1     skrll static void
   2601   1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2602   1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2603   1.1     skrll 	       alpha_macro_arg symname)
   2604   1.1     skrll {
   2605   1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2606   1.1     skrll 
   2607   1.1     skrll      Convert
   2608   1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2609   1.1     skrll      to
   2610   1.1     skrll         mov x,R16	# if x != R16
   2611   1.1     skrll         mov y,R17	# if y != R17
   2612   1.1     skrll         lda AT,__OP
   2613   1.1     skrll         jsr AT,(AT),0
   2614   1.1     skrll         mov R0,result
   2615   1.1     skrll 
   2616   1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
   2617   1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2618   1.1     skrll 
   2619   1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2620   1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2621   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2622   1.1     skrll 
   2623   1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2624   1.1     skrll   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2625   1.1     skrll 
   2626   1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2627   1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2628   1.1     skrll   else
   2629   1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2630   1.1     skrll 
   2631   1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2632   1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
   2633   1.1     skrll     {
   2634   1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2635   1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2636   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2637   1.1     skrll 
   2638   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2639   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2640   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2641   1.1     skrll 
   2642   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
   2643   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2644   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2645   1.1     skrll 
   2646   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2647   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2648   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2649   1.1     skrll     }
   2650   1.1     skrll   else
   2651   1.1     skrll     {
   2652   1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
   2653   1.1     skrll 	{
   2654   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2655   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2656   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2657   1.1     skrll 	}
   2658   1.1     skrll 
   2659   1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
   2660   1.1     skrll 	{
   2661   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2662   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2663   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2664   1.1     skrll 	}
   2665   1.1     skrll 
   2666   1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
   2667  1.11  christos 	{
   2668   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2669   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2670   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2671   1.1     skrll 	}
   2672   1.1     skrll     }
   2673   1.1     skrll 
   2674   1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make (symname.p);
   2675   1.1     skrll 
   2676   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2677   1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2678   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
   2679   1.1     skrll 
   2680   1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2681   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2682   1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2683   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2684   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
   2685   1.1     skrll 
   2686   1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2687   1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
   2688   1.1     skrll     {
   2689   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
   2690   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2691   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2692   1.1     skrll     }
   2693  1.11  christos }
   2694   1.1     skrll 
   2695   1.1     skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2696   1.1     skrll 
   2697   1.1     skrll static void
   2698   1.1     skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2699   1.1     skrll 	       int ntok,
   2700   1.1     skrll 	       alpha_macro_arg symname)
   2701   1.1     skrll {
   2702   1.1     skrll   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2703   1.1     skrll      Convert
   2704   1.1     skrll         OP x,y,result
   2705   1.1     skrll      to
   2706   1.1     skrll         lda pv,__OP
   2707   1.1     skrll         mov x,t10
   2708   1.1     skrll         mov y,t11
   2709   1.1     skrll         jsr t9,(pv),__OP
   2710   1.1     skrll         mov t12,result
   2711   1.1     skrll 
   2712   1.1     skrll      with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
   2713   1.1     skrll      specified by the compiler.  */
   2714   1.1     skrll 
   2715   1.1     skrll   int xr, yr, rr;
   2716   1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   2717   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2718   1.1     skrll 
   2719   1.1     skrll   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2720  1.11  christos   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2721   1.1     skrll 
   2722   1.1     skrll   if (ntok < 3)
   2723   1.1     skrll     rr = xr;
   2724   1.1     skrll   else
   2725   1.1     skrll     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2726   1.1     skrll 
   2727   1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make (symname.p);
   2728   1.1     skrll 
   2729   1.1     skrll   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2730   1.1     skrll   if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
   2731   1.1     skrll     {
   2732   1.1     skrll       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2733   1.1     skrll       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2734   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2735   1.1     skrll 
   2736   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2737   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2738   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2739   1.1     skrll 
   2740   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
   2741   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2742   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2743   1.1     skrll 
   2744   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2745   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2746   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2747   1.1     skrll     }
   2748   1.1     skrll   else
   2749   1.1     skrll     {
   2750   1.1     skrll       if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
   2751   1.1     skrll 	{
   2752   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2753   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2754   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2755   1.1     skrll 	}
   2756   1.1     skrll 
   2757   1.1     skrll       if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
   2758   1.1     skrll 	{
   2759   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2760   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2761   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2762   1.1     skrll 	}
   2763   1.1     skrll 
   2764   1.1     skrll       if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
   2765   1.1     skrll 	{
   2766   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2767   1.1     skrll 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2768   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2769   1.1     skrll 	}
   2770   1.1     skrll     }
   2771   1.1     skrll 
   2772   1.1     skrll   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2773   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2774   1.1     skrll   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2775   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
   2776   1.1     skrll 
   2777   1.1     skrll   /* Reload the GP register.  */
   2778   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2779   1.1     skrll FIXME
   2780   1.1     skrll #endif
   2781   1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2782   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
   2783   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2784   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2785   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
   2786   1.1     skrll #endif
   2787   1.1     skrll 
   2788   1.1     skrll   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2789   1.1     skrll   if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
   2790   1.1     skrll     {
   2791   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
   2792   1.1     skrll       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2793   1.1     skrll       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2794   1.1     skrll     }
   2795   1.1     skrll }
   2796   1.1     skrll 
   2797   1.1     skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2798   1.1     skrll 
   2799  1.11  christos /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
   2800   1.1     skrll    in that they can load the target address and default most
   2801   1.1     skrll    everything.  */
   2802   1.1     skrll 
   2803   1.1     skrll static void
   2804   1.1     skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
   2805   1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2806   1.1     skrll 	     alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2807   1.1     skrll {
   2808   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2809  1.11  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2810   1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2811   1.1     skrll   long lituse = 0;
   2812   1.1     skrll 
   2813   1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2814   1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2815   1.1     skrll   else
   2816   1.1     skrll     r = strcmp (opname.p, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
   2817   1.1     skrll 
   2818   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2819   1.1     skrll 
   2820   1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2821   1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2822   1.3  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2823  1.11  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2824   1.1     skrll   /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>.  */
   2825   1.1     skrll #else
   2826   1.1     skrll   else
   2827   1.1     skrll     {
   2828   1.1     skrll       int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
   2829   1.3  christos       lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
   2830   1.1     skrll 				&basereg, NULL, opname.p);
   2831   1.1     skrll     }
   2832   1.1     skrll #endif
   2833   1.1     skrll 
   2834   1.1     skrll   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2835   1.1     skrll 
   2836  1.11  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   2837   1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2838   1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2839   1.1     skrll   else
   2840   1.3  christos #endif
   2841   1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2842   1.1     skrll 
   2843   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname.p, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2844   1.1     skrll 
   2845   1.1     skrll   if (lituse)
   2846   1.1     skrll     {
   2847   1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2848   1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
   2849   1.3  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2850   1.3  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2851   1.3  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2852   1.3  christos     }
   2853   1.3  christos 
   2854   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2855   1.3  christos   if (alpha_flag_replace
   2856   1.3  christos       && r == AXP_REG_RA
   2857   1.3  christos       && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
   2858   1.3  christos       && alpha_linkage_symbol)
   2859   1.6  christos     {
   2860   1.3  christos       /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'.  */
   2861   1.3  christos       const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   2862   1.3  christos       int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2863   1.3  christos       char *ensymname;
   2864   1.3  christos 
   2865   1.3  christos       /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   2866   1.3  christos       ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
   2867   1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
   2868   1.3  christos       memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
   2869   1.3  christos 
   2870   1.3  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2871   1.3  christos       if (insn.nfixups > 0)
   2872   1.3  christos 	{
   2873   1.3  christos 	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
   2874   1.3  christos 		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
   2875   1.3  christos 	}
   2876   1.3  christos 
   2877   1.3  christos       /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
   2878   1.3  christos 	 case in load_expression.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
   2879   1.3  christos 	 Linker Utility Manual.  */
   2880   1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
   2881   1.6  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   2882   1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   2883   1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   2884   1.3  christos       insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   2885   1.1     skrll       insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   2886   1.1     skrll       insn.nfixups++;
   2887   1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
   2888   1.1     skrll       free (ensymname);
   2889   1.1     skrll     }
   2890   1.1     skrll #endif
   2891   1.1     skrll 
   2892   1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2893   1.1     skrll }
   2894  1.11  christos 
   2895   1.1     skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
   2896   1.1     skrll    counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
   2897   1.1     skrll 
   2898   1.1     skrll static void
   2899   1.1     skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
   2900   1.1     skrll 	     int ntok,
   2901   1.1     skrll 	     alpha_macro_arg opname)
   2902   1.1     skrll {
   2903   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2904   1.1     skrll   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2905   1.1     skrll 
   2906   1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2907   1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2908   1.1     skrll   else
   2909   1.1     skrll     r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
   2910   1.1     skrll 
   2911   1.1     skrll   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2912   1.1     skrll 
   2913   1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2914   1.1     skrll       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2915   1.1     skrll     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2916   1.1     skrll   else
   2917  1.11  christos     r = AXP_REG_RA;
   2918   1.1     skrll 
   2919  1.11  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2920   1.1     skrll 
   2921   1.1     skrll   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2922   1.1     skrll     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2923   1.1     skrll   else
   2924   1.1     skrll     set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname.p, "ret") == 0);
   2925   1.3  christos 
   2926   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname.p, newtok, 3, 0);
   2927  1.11  christos }
   2928   1.1     skrll 
   2929   1.1     skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
   2930   1.1     skrll 
   2931   1.1     skrll static void
   2932   1.1     skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2933   1.1     skrll 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2934   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_macro_arg unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2935   1.1     skrll {
   2936   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2937   1.1     skrll FIXME
   2938   1.1     skrll #endif
   2939   1.1     skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2940   1.1     skrll   /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
   2941   1.1     skrll      with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
   2942   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2943   1.1     skrll   expressionS newtok[3];
   2944   1.1     skrll   expressionS addend;
   2945   1.1     skrll 
   2946   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2947   1.1     skrll   if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
   2948   1.1     skrll     ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
   2949   1.1     skrll #endif
   2950   1.1     skrll 
   2951   1.1     skrll   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2952   1.1     skrll   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2953   1.1     skrll   newtok[2] = tok[2];
   2954   1.1     skrll 
   2955   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2956   1.1     skrll 
   2957   1.1     skrll   addend = tok[1];
   2958   1.1     skrll 
   2959   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2960   1.1     skrll   if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
   2961   1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
   2962   1.1     skrll   addend.X_op = O_symbol;
   2963   1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   2964   1.1     skrll #endif
   2965   1.1     skrll 
   2966   1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2967   1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2968   1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2969   1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
   2970   1.1     skrll 
   2971   1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2972   1.1     skrll 
   2973   1.1     skrll   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
   2974   1.1     skrll 
   2975   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2976   1.1     skrll 
   2977   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2978   1.1     skrll   addend.X_add_number += 4;
   2979   1.1     skrll #endif
   2980   1.1     skrll 
   2981   1.1     skrll   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2982   1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2983   1.1     skrll   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2984   1.1     skrll   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
   2985   1.1     skrll 
   2986   1.1     skrll   emit_insn (&insn);
   2987   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
   2988  1.11  christos }
   2989   1.1     skrll 
   2990  1.11  christos /* The macro table.  */
   2991   1.1     skrll 
   2992   1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
   2993  1.11  christos {
   2994   1.1     skrll /* Load/Store macros.  */
   2995  1.11  christos   { "lda",	emit_lda, { NULL },
   2996   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   2997  1.11  christos   { "ldah",	emit_ldah, { NULL },
   2998   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   2999  1.11  christos 
   3000   1.1     skrll   { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, { "ldl" },
   3001  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3002   1.1     skrll   { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, { "ldl_l" },
   3003  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3004   1.1     skrll   { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, { "ldq" },
   3005  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3006   1.1     skrll   { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, { "ldq_l" },
   3007  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3008   1.1     skrll   { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, { "ldq_u" },
   3009  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3010   1.1     skrll   { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, { "ldf" },
   3011   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3012  1.11  christos   { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, { "ldg" },
   3013   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3014  1.11  christos   { "lds",	emit_loadstore, { "lds" },
   3015   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3016  1.11  christos   { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, { "ldt" },
   3017   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3018  1.11  christos 
   3019   1.1     skrll   { "ldb",	emit_ldX, { .i = 0 },
   3020   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3021  1.11  christos   { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, { .i = 0 },
   3022   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3023  1.11  christos   { "ldw",	emit_ldX, { .i = 1 },
   3024   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3025  1.11  christos   { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, { .i = 1 },
   3026   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3027  1.11  christos 
   3028   1.1     skrll   { "uldw",	emit_uldX, { .i = 1 },
   3029  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3030   1.1     skrll   { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, { .i = 1 },
   3031   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3032  1.11  christos   { "uldl",	emit_uldX, { .i = 2 },
   3033   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3034   1.1     skrll   { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, { .i = 2 },
   3035  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3036   1.1     skrll   { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, { .i = 3 },
   3037  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3038   1.1     skrll 
   3039  1.11  christos   { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, { NULL },
   3040   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3041   1.1     skrll 
   3042  1.11  christos   { "ldi",	emit_lda, { NULL },
   3043   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3044  1.11  christos   { "ldil",	emit_ldil, { NULL },
   3045   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3046  1.11  christos   { "ldiq",	emit_lda, { NULL },
   3047   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3048  1.11  christos 
   3049   1.1     skrll   { "stl",	emit_loadstore, { "stl" },
   3050  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3051   1.1     skrll   { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, { "stl_c" },
   3052  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3053   1.1     skrll   { "stq",	emit_loadstore, { "stq" },
   3054  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3055   1.1     skrll   { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, { "stq_c" },
   3056  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3057   1.1     skrll   { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, { "stq_u" },
   3058  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3059   1.1     skrll   { "stf",	emit_loadstore, { "stf" },
   3060   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3061  1.11  christos   { "stg",	emit_loadstore, { "stg" },
   3062   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3063  1.11  christos   { "sts",	emit_loadstore, { "sts" },
   3064   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3065  1.11  christos   { "stt",	emit_loadstore, { "stt" },
   3066   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3067  1.11  christos 
   3068   1.1     skrll   { "stb",	emit_stX, { .i = 0 },
   3069  1.11  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3070   1.1     skrll   { "stw",	emit_stX, { .i = 1 },
   3071   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3072   1.1     skrll   { "ustw",	emit_ustX, { .i = 1 },
   3073   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3074  1.11  christos   { "ustl",	emit_ustX, { .i = 2 },
   3075   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3076   1.1     skrll   { "ustq",	emit_ustX, { .i = 3 },
   3077   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3078  1.11  christos 
   3079   1.1     skrll /* Arithmetic macros.  */
   3080   1.1     skrll 
   3081   1.1     skrll   { "sextb",	emit_sextX, { .i = 0 },
   3082   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3083  1.11  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3084   1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3085   1.1     skrll   { "sextw",	emit_sextX, { .i = 1 },
   3086   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3087   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3088  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3089   1.1     skrll 
   3090   1.1     skrll   { "divl",	emit_division, { "__divl" },
   3091   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3092   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3093  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3094   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3095   1.1     skrll   { "divlu",	emit_division, { "__divlu" },
   3096   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3097   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3098  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3099   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3100   1.1     skrll   { "divq",	emit_division, { "__divq" },
   3101   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3102   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3103  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3104   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3105   1.1     skrll   { "divqu",	emit_division, { "__divqu" },
   3106   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3107   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3108  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3109   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3110   1.1     skrll   { "reml",	emit_division, { "__reml" },
   3111   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3112   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3113  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3114   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3115   1.1     skrll   { "remlu",	emit_division, { "__remlu" },
   3116   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3117   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3118  1.11  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3119   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3120   1.1     skrll   { "remq",	emit_division, { "__remq" },
   3121   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3122   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3123   1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3124  1.11  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3125   1.1     skrll   { "remqu",	emit_division, { "__remqu" },
   3126   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3127   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3128   1.1     skrll       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3129  1.11  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3130   1.1     skrll 
   3131   1.1     skrll   { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, { "jsr" },
   3132   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3133   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3134  1.11  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3135   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3136   1.1     skrll   { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, { "jmp" },
   3137   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3138   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3139   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3140   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3141  1.11  christos   { "ret",	emit_retjcr, { "ret" },
   3142   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3143   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3144   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3145   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3146   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3147   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3148  1.11  christos   { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, { "jcr" },
   3149   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3150   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3151   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3152   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3153   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3154   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3155   1.1     skrll   { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, { "jcr" },
   3156   1.1     skrll     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3157   1.1     skrll       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3158   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3159   1.1     skrll       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3160   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3161   1.1     skrll       MACRO_EOA } },
   3162   1.1     skrll };
   3163   1.1     skrll 
   3164   1.1     skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
   3165   1.1     skrll   = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
   3166   1.1     skrll 
   3167   1.1     skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
   3168   1.1     skrll    match.  */
   3169   1.1     skrll 
   3170   1.1     skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
   3171   1.1     skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
   3172   1.1     skrll 		  const expressionS *tok,
   3173   1.1     skrll 		  int *pntok)
   3174  1.11  christos 
   3175   1.1     skrll {
   3176   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
   3177   1.1     skrll   int ntok = *pntok;
   3178   1.1     skrll 
   3179   1.1     skrll   do
   3180   1.1     skrll     {
   3181   1.1     skrll       const alpha_macro_argset *arg = macro->argsets;
   3182   1.1     skrll       int tokidx = 0;
   3183   1.1     skrll 
   3184   1.1     skrll       while (*arg)
   3185   1.1     skrll 	{
   3186   1.1     skrll 	  switch (*arg)
   3187   1.1     skrll 	    {
   3188   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EOA:
   3189   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx == ntok)
   3190   1.1     skrll 		return macro;
   3191   1.1     skrll 	      else
   3192   1.1     skrll 		tokidx = 0;
   3193   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3194   1.1     skrll 
   3195   1.1     skrll 	      /* Index register.  */
   3196   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_IR:
   3197   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3198   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3199   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3200   1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3201   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3202   1.1     skrll 
   3203   1.1     skrll 	      /* Parenthesized index register.  */
   3204   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_PIR:
   3205   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   3206   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3207   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3208   1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3209   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3210   1.1     skrll 
   3211   1.1     skrll 	      /* Optional parenthesized index register.  */
   3212   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_OPIR:
   3213   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
   3214   1.1     skrll 		  && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3215   1.1     skrll 		++tokidx;
   3216   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3217   1.1     skrll 
   3218   1.1     skrll 	      /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register.  */
   3219   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_CPIR:
   3220   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   3221   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3222   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3223   1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3224   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3225   1.1     skrll 
   3226   1.1     skrll 	      /* Floating point register.  */
   3227   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_FPR:
   3228   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3229   1.1     skrll 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3230   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3231   1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3232   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3233   1.1     skrll 
   3234   1.1     skrll 	      /* Normal expression.  */
   3235   1.1     skrll 	    case MACRO_EXP:
   3236   1.1     skrll 	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3237   1.1     skrll 		goto match_failed;
   3238   1.1     skrll 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   3239   1.1     skrll 		{
   3240   1.1     skrll 		case O_illegal:
   3241   1.1     skrll 		case O_absent:
   3242   1.1     skrll 		case O_register:
   3243   1.1     skrll 		case O_pregister:
   3244   1.1     skrll 		case O_cpregister:
   3245   1.1     skrll 		case O_literal:
   3246   1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_base:
   3247   1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_bytoff:
   3248   1.1     skrll 		case O_lituse_jsr:
   3249   1.1     skrll 		case O_gpdisp:
   3250   1.1     skrll 		case O_gprelhigh:
   3251   1.1     skrll 		case O_gprellow:
   3252   1.1     skrll 		case O_gprel:
   3253   1.1     skrll 		case O_samegp:
   3254   1.1     skrll 		  goto match_failed;
   3255   1.1     skrll 
   3256   1.1     skrll 		default:
   3257   1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3258   1.1     skrll 		}
   3259   1.1     skrll 	      ++tokidx;
   3260   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3261   1.1     skrll 
   3262   1.1     skrll 	    match_failed:
   3263   1.1     skrll 	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
   3264   1.1     skrll 		++arg;
   3265   1.1     skrll 	      tokidx = 0;
   3266   1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3267   1.1     skrll 	    }
   3268   1.1     skrll 	  ++arg;
   3269   1.1     skrll 	}
   3270   1.1     skrll     }
   3271   1.1     skrll   while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
   3272   1.1     skrll 	 && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
   3273   1.1     skrll 
   3274   1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   3275   1.1     skrll }
   3276   1.1     skrll 
   3277   1.1     skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
   3278   1.1     skrll    opcode all the way through emission.  */
   3279   1.1     skrll 
   3280   1.1     skrll static void
   3281   1.1     skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   3282   1.1     skrll 		 const expressionS *tok,
   3283   1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   3284   1.1     skrll 		 int local_macros_on)
   3285   1.1     skrll {
   3286   1.1     skrll   int found_something = 0;
   3287   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   3288   1.1     skrll   const struct alpha_macro *macro;
   3289   1.1     skrll   int cpumatch = 1;
   3290   1.1     skrll   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3291   1.1     skrll 
   3292   1.1     skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   3293   1.1     skrll   /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro.  */
   3294   1.1     skrll   if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
   3295   1.1     skrll     {
   3296  1.11  christos       reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
   3297   1.1     skrll       ntok--;
   3298   1.1     skrll     }
   3299   1.1     skrll   else
   3300   1.1     skrll #endif
   3301   1.1     skrll   if (local_macros_on)
   3302   1.1     skrll     {
   3303   1.1     skrll       macro = str_hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname);
   3304   1.1     skrll       if (macro)
   3305   1.1     skrll 	{
   3306   1.1     skrll 	  found_something = 1;
   3307   1.1     skrll 	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
   3308   1.1     skrll 	  if (macro)
   3309   1.1     skrll 	    {
   3310  1.11  christos 	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
   3311   1.1     skrll 	      return;
   3312   1.1     skrll 	    }
   3313   1.1     skrll 	}
   3314   1.1     skrll     }
   3315   1.1     skrll 
   3316   1.1     skrll   /* Search opcodes.  */
   3317   1.1     skrll   opcode = str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   3318   1.1     skrll   if (opcode)
   3319   1.1     skrll     {
   3320   1.1     skrll       found_something = 1;
   3321   1.1     skrll       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   3322   1.1     skrll       if (opcode)
   3323   1.1     skrll 	{
   3324   1.1     skrll 	  struct alpha_insn insn;
   3325   1.1     skrll 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
   3326   1.1     skrll 
   3327   1.1     skrll 	  /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token.  */
   3328   1.1     skrll 	  if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3329   1.1     skrll 	    insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
   3330   1.1     skrll 
   3331   1.1     skrll 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   3332   1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3333   1.1     skrll 	}
   3334   1.1     skrll     }
   3335   1.1     skrll 
   3336   1.1     skrll   if (found_something)
   3337   1.1     skrll     {
   3338   1.1     skrll       if (cpumatch)
   3339   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3340   1.1     skrll       else
   3341   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   3342   1.1     skrll 		alpha_target_name);
   3343   1.4  christos     }
   3344   1.7  christos   else
   3345   1.1     skrll     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3346   1.1     skrll }
   3347   1.1     skrll 
   3348   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3350   1.1     skrll 
   3351   1.4  christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
   3352   1.1     skrll    Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
   3353   1.1     skrll 
   3354   1.1     skrll    Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
   3355   1.1     skrll 
   3356   1.1     skrll static symbolS *
   3357   1.3  christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
   3358   1.5  christos {
   3359   1.4  christos   symbolS *basesym;
   3360   1.1     skrll   segT current_section = now_seg;
   3361   1.1     skrll   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   3362   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3363   1.1     skrll   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
   3364   1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   3365   1.1     skrll   symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
   3366   1.1     skrll 
   3367  1.11  christos   basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   3368   1.3  christos 
   3369   1.1     skrll   /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
   3370   1.3  christos      size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
   3371  1.11  christos   /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
   3372   1.3  christos 
   3373   1.3  christos   if (seginfo->frchainP)
   3374   1.8  christos     for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
   3375   1.8  christos 	 fixp != NULL;
   3376   1.8  christos 	 fixp = fixp->fx_next)
   3377   1.3  christos       {
   3378   1.1     skrll 	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
   3379   1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT) addend
   3380   1.4  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
   3381   1.1     skrll 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
   3382   1.9  christos 	    && symbol_symbolS (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3383   1.1     skrll 	    && (symbol_get_value_expression (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3384   1.1     skrll 		->X_op_symbol == basesym))
   3385   1.1     skrll 	  return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
   3386   1.4  christos       }
   3387  1.12  christos 
   3388  1.12  christos   /* Not found, add a new entry.  */
   3389  1.12  christos   subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
   3390  1.12  christos   linksym = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix ());
   3391  1.12  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   3392   1.3  christos   memset (p, 0, 8);
   3393   1.3  christos 
   3394   1.4  christos   /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry).  */
   3395  1.11  christos   expressionS e = {
   3396  1.11  christos     .X_op = O_subtract,
   3397   1.3  christos     .X_add_symbol = linksym,
   3398   1.3  christos     .X_op_symbol = basesym
   3399   1.1     skrll   };
   3400   1.1     skrll   expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
   3401   1.4  christos 
   3402   1.4  christos   /* Create a fixup for the entry.  */
   3403   1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   3404   1.1     skrll 		  sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   3405   1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   3406   1.1     skrll   fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
   3407   1.1     skrll 
   3408   1.1     skrll   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   3409   1.1     skrll 
   3410   1.1     skrll   /* Return the symbol.  */
   3411   1.1     skrll   return expsym;
   3412   1.1     skrll }
   3413   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   3414   1.1     skrll 
   3415   1.1     skrll /* Assembler directives.  */
   3417   1.1     skrll 
   3418   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3419   1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3420   1.3  christos 
   3421   1.3  christos static void
   3422   1.3  christos s_alpha_text (int i)
   3423   1.3  christos {
   3424   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3425   1.3  christos   obj_elf_text (i);
   3426   1.3  christos #else
   3427   1.3  christos   s_text (i);
   3428   1.3  christos #endif
   3429   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3430   1.3  christos   {
   3431   1.3  christos     symbolS * symbolP;
   3432   1.3  christos 
   3433   1.1     skrll     symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
   3434   1.1     skrll     if (symbolP == NULL)
   3435   1.1     skrll       {
   3436   1.1     skrll 	symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
   3437   1.1     skrll 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
   3438   1.1     skrll 	symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
   3439   1.1     skrll       }
   3440   1.1     skrll   }
   3441   1.1     skrll #endif
   3442   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3443   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3444   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3445   1.1     skrll }
   3446   1.1     skrll 
   3447   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3448   1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3449   1.1     skrll 
   3450   1.1     skrll static void
   3451   1.1     skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
   3452   1.1     skrll {
   3453   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3454   1.1     skrll   obj_elf_data (i);
   3455   1.1     skrll #else
   3456   1.3  christos   s_data (i);
   3457   1.1     skrll #endif
   3458   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3459   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3460   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3461   1.1     skrll }
   3462   1.1     skrll 
   3463   1.1     skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
   3464   1.3  christos 
   3465   1.1     skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks.  */
   3466   1.1     skrll 
   3467   1.3  christos static void
   3468   1.3  christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3469   1.1     skrll {
   3470   1.1     skrll   char *name;
   3471   1.5  christos   char c;
   3472   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   3473   1.1     skrll   offsetT size;
   3474   1.1     skrll   symbolS *symbolP;
   3475  1.11  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3476   1.1     skrll   offsetT temp;
   3477  1.11  christos   int log_align = 0;
   3478   1.1     skrll #endif
   3479   1.1     skrll 
   3480   1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3481   1.1     skrll 
   3482   1.1     skrll   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   3483   1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   3484   1.1     skrll   restore_line_pointer (c);
   3485   1.3  christos 
   3486   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3487   1.3  christos 
   3488   1.1     skrll   /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
   3489   1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3490   1.1     skrll     {
   3491   1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3492   1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3493   1.1     skrll     }
   3494   1.3  christos   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   3495   1.3  christos     {
   3496   1.3  christos       as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
   3497   1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3498   1.3  christos       return;
   3499   1.3  christos     }
   3500   1.3  christos 
   3501   1.3  christos   *p = 0;
   3502   1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3503   1.1     skrll   *p = c;
   3504   1.3  christos 
   3505   1.3  christos   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   3506   1.3  christos     {
   3507   1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   3508   1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3509   1.3  christos       return;
   3510   1.3  christos     }
   3511   1.3  christos 
   3512   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3513   1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   3514   1.3  christos     temp = 8; /* Default alignment.  */
   3515   1.3  christos   else
   3516   1.1     skrll     {
   3517   1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   3518   1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3519   1.3  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   3520   1.3  christos     }
   3521   1.3  christos 
   3522   1.1     skrll   /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units.  */
   3523   1.3  christos   while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
   3524   1.3  christos     ++log_align;
   3525   1.3  christos 
   3526   1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3527   1.6  christos     {
   3528   1.3  christos       /* Extended form of the directive
   3529   1.3  christos 
   3530   1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
   3531  1.11  christos 
   3532   1.5  christos          where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
   3533   1.1     skrll          The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name.  */
   3534   1.3  christos 
   3535   1.3  christos       segT sec;
   3536   1.3  christos       const char *sec_name;
   3537   1.3  christos       symbolS *sec_symbol;
   3538   1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3539   1.3  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3540   1.3  christos       offsetT cur_size;
   3541   1.3  christos 
   3542   1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3543   1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3544   1.3  christos       sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   3545   1.3  christos       sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
   3546  1.11  christos       sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
   3547   1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
   3548  1.11  christos       symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   3549  1.11  christos       bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
   3550   1.3  christos 				 EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
   3551  1.11  christos       record_alignment (sec, log_align);
   3552   1.3  christos 
   3553   1.3  christos       /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section.  */
   3554   1.3  christos       cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
   3555   1.3  christos       if (size > cur_size)
   3556   1.3  christos 	{
   3557   1.1     skrll 	  char *pfrag = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL,
   3558   1.3  christos 				  size - cur_size, NULL);
   3559   1.3  christos 	  *pfrag = 0;
   3560   1.3  christos 	  seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = size;
   3561   1.3  christos 	}
   3562   1.3  christos 
   3563   1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
   3564   1.3  christos 
   3565   1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3566   1.3  christos     }
   3567   1.3  christos   else
   3568   1.3  christos     {
   3569   1.3  christos       /* Regular form of the directive
   3570   1.3  christos 
   3571   1.3  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment
   3572   1.3  christos 
   3573   1.3  christos 	 where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
   3574   1.3  christos 	 These symbols are assembled in the .bss section.  */
   3575   1.4  christos 
   3576  1.11  christos       char *pfrag;
   3577   1.3  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3578   1.1     skrll       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3579   1.3  christos 
   3580   1.1     skrll       subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   3581   1.3  christos       frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
   3582   1.1     skrll       record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
   3583   1.3  christos 
   3584   1.5  christos       symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   3585   1.1     skrll       pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, 0, symbolP, size, NULL);
   3586   1.1     skrll       *pfrag = 0;
   3587   1.3  christos 
   3588   1.3  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   3589   1.3  christos 
   3590   1.3  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3591   1.3  christos     }
   3592   1.1     skrll #endif
   3593   1.1     skrll 
   3594   1.1     skrll   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
   3595   1.3  christos     {
   3596   1.3  christos       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   3597   1.1     skrll         as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   3598   1.1     skrll                 S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
   3599   1.1     skrll                 (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
   3600   1.5  christos                 (long) size);
   3601   1.3  christos     }
   3602   1.8  christos   else
   3603   1.1     skrll     {
   3604   1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3605   1.1     skrll       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   3606   1.1     skrll #endif
   3607   1.1     skrll       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   3608   1.1     skrll     }
   3609   1.1     skrll 
   3610   1.1     skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3611   1.1     skrll   know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
   3612   1.1     skrll #endif
   3613   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3614   1.1     skrll }
   3615   1.1     skrll 
   3616   1.1     skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
   3617   1.3  christos 
   3618   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3619   1.1     skrll 
   3620   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3621   1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3622   1.1     skrll 
   3623   1.1     skrll static void
   3624   1.1     skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3625   1.1     skrll {
   3626   1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3627   1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
   3628   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3629   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3630   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3631   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3632   1.1     skrll }
   3633   1.1     skrll 
   3634   1.1     skrll #endif
   3635   1.3  christos 
   3636   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3637   1.1     skrll 
   3638   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3639   1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3640   1.1     skrll 
   3641   1.1     skrll static void
   3642   1.1     skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3643   1.1     skrll {
   3644   1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   3645   1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
   3646   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3647   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3648   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3649   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3650   1.1     skrll }
   3651   1.1     skrll #endif
   3652   1.1     skrll 
   3653   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3654   1.1     skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
   3655   1.1     skrll {
   3656   1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_sym;
   3657   1.1     skrll   symbolS *func_end_sym;
   3658   1.1     skrll   symbolS *prologue_sym;
   3659   1.1     skrll   unsigned int mask;
   3660   1.1     skrll   unsigned int fmask;
   3661   1.1     skrll   int fp_regno;
   3662   1.1     skrll   int ra_regno;
   3663   1.1     skrll   offsetT frame_size;
   3664   1.1     skrll   offsetT mask_offset;
   3665   1.5  christos   offsetT fmask_offset;
   3666   1.5  christos 
   3667   1.1     skrll   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
   3668   1.1     skrll };
   3669   1.1     skrll 
   3670   1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
   3671   1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
   3672   1.1     skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
   3673   1.1     skrll 
   3674   1.1     skrll extern int all_cfi_sections;
   3675   1.1     skrll 
   3676   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3677   1.1     skrll    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3678   1.1     skrll 
   3679   1.1     skrll static void
   3680   1.1     skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3681   1.1     skrll {
   3682   1.1     skrll   obj_elf_section (ignore);
   3683   1.1     skrll 
   3684   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3685   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3686   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3687   1.1     skrll }
   3688   1.5  christos 
   3689   1.5  christos static void
   3690   1.5  christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3691   1.5  christos {
   3692   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3693   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_ent (0);
   3694   1.1     skrll   else
   3695   1.1     skrll     {
   3696   1.5  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3697   1.1     skrll 
   3698   1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3699   1.1     skrll       /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default.  */
   3700   1.1     skrll       all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
   3701   1.1     skrll 
   3702   1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3703   1.1     skrll 	{
   3704   1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
   3705   1.1     skrll 	  (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3706   1.1     skrll 	}
   3707   1.1     skrll       else
   3708   1.6  christos 	{
   3709   1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3710   1.1     skrll 
   3711   1.1     skrll 	  if (cur_frame_data)
   3712   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
   3713   1.1     skrll 
   3714   1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3715   1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   3716   1.1     skrll 
   3717   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
   3718   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
   3719   1.1     skrll 
   3720  1.11  christos 	  /* Provide sensible defaults.  */
   3721  1.11  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30;	/* sp */
   3722   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26;	/* ra */
   3723   1.1     skrll 
   3724   1.1     skrll 	  *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
   3725   1.1     skrll 	  plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
   3726   1.1     skrll 
   3727   1.1     skrll 	  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  Not sure
   3728   1.1     skrll 	     what it really means, but ignore it.  */
   3729   1.1     skrll 	  restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3730   1.1     skrll 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3731   1.1     skrll 	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3732   1.1     skrll 	    {
   3733   1.1     skrll 	      input_line_pointer++;
   3734   1.1     skrll 	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3735   1.1     skrll 	    }
   3736   1.1     skrll 	  if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
   3737   1.1     skrll 	    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   3738   1.1     skrll 	}
   3739   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3740   1.1     skrll     }
   3741   1.1     skrll }
   3742   1.5  christos 
   3743   1.5  christos static void
   3744   1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3745   1.1     skrll {
   3746   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3747   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_end (0);
   3748   1.1     skrll   else
   3749   1.1     skrll     {
   3750   1.1     skrll       char *name, name_end;
   3751   1.1     skrll 
   3752   1.1     skrll       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3753   1.1     skrll 
   3754   1.1     skrll       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3755   1.1     skrll 	{
   3756   1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
   3757   1.1     skrll 	}
   3758   1.1     skrll       else
   3759   1.1     skrll 	{
   3760   1.1     skrll 	  symbolS *sym;
   3761   1.1     skrll 
   3762   1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find (name);
   3763  1.11  christos 	  if (!cur_frame_data)
   3764   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
   3765   1.1     skrll 	  else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
   3766   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
   3767   1.1     skrll 
   3768   1.1     skrll 	  /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function.  */
   3769   1.1     skrll 	  if (sym && cur_frame_data)
   3770   1.1     skrll 	    {
   3771   1.1     skrll 	      OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
   3772   1.1     skrll 	      expressionS *exp = notes_alloc (sizeof (*exp));
   3773   1.1     skrll 
   3774   1.1     skrll 	      obj->size = exp;
   3775   1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
   3776   1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3777   1.5  christos 	      exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
   3778   1.1     skrll 	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
   3779   1.1     skrll 
   3780   1.1     skrll 	      cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
   3781   1.1     skrll 	    }
   3782   1.1     skrll 
   3783   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data = NULL;
   3784   1.1     skrll 	}
   3785   1.1     skrll 
   3786   1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3787   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3788   1.1     skrll     }
   3789   1.1     skrll }
   3790   1.1     skrll 
   3791   1.1     skrll static void
   3792   1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
   3793   1.1     skrll {
   3794   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3795   1.1     skrll     {
   3796   1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3797   1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
   3798   1.1     skrll       else
   3799   1.1     skrll 	ecoff_directive_mask (0);
   3800   1.1     skrll     }
   3801   1.1     skrll   else
   3802   1.1     skrll     {
   3803   1.1     skrll       long val;
   3804   1.1     skrll       offsetT offset;
   3805   1.1     skrll 
   3806   1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3807   1.1     skrll 	{
   3808   1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3809   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
   3810   1.1     skrll 	  else
   3811   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
   3812   1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3813   1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3814   1.1     skrll 	}
   3815   1.1     skrll 
   3816   1.1     skrll       if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3817   1.1     skrll 	{
   3818   1.1     skrll 	  if (fp)
   3819   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
   3820   1.1     skrll 	  else
   3821   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
   3822   1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3823   1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3824   1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3825   1.1     skrll 	}
   3826   1.1     skrll 
   3827   1.1     skrll       offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   3828   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3829   1.1     skrll 
   3830   1.1     skrll       if (fp)
   3831   1.1     skrll 	{
   3832   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
   3833   1.1     skrll           cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
   3834   1.1     skrll 	}
   3835   1.1     skrll       else
   3836   1.1     skrll 	{
   3837   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask = val;
   3838   1.1     skrll 	  cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
   3839   1.1     skrll 	}
   3840   1.1     skrll     }
   3841   1.1     skrll }
   3842   1.1     skrll 
   3843   1.1     skrll static void
   3844   1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3845   1.1     skrll {
   3846   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3847   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_frame (0);
   3848   1.1     skrll   else
   3849   1.1     skrll     {
   3850   1.1     skrll       long val;
   3851   1.1     skrll 
   3852   1.1     skrll       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3853   1.1     skrll 	{
   3854   1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
   3855   1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3856   1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3857   1.1     skrll 	}
   3858   1.1     skrll 
   3859   1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
   3860   1.1     skrll 
   3861   1.1     skrll       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3862   1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   3863   1.1     skrll 	  || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3864   1.1     skrll 	{
   3865   1.1     skrll 	  as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
   3866   1.1     skrll 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3867   1.1     skrll 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3868   1.1     skrll 	  return;
   3869   1.1     skrll 	}
   3870   1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
   3871   1.1     skrll 
   3872   1.1     skrll       cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
   3873   1.1     skrll 
   3874   1.1     skrll       /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp".  In gcc terms
   3875   1.1     skrll 	 this is current_function_pretend_args_size.  There's no place
   3876   1.1     skrll 	 to put this value, so ignore it.  */
   3877   1.1     skrll       s_ignore (42);
   3878   1.1     skrll     }
   3879   1.1     skrll }
   3880   1.9  christos 
   3881   1.9  christos static void
   3882   1.1     skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3883   1.1     skrll {
   3884   1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   3885   1.1     skrll   int arg;
   3886   1.1     skrll 
   3887   1.1     skrll   arg = get_absolute_expression ();
   3888   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3889   1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   3890   1.1     skrll 				     frag_now_fix ());
   3891   1.1     skrll 
   3892   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3893   1.1     skrll     sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
   3894   1.1     skrll   else
   3895   1.1     skrll     sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
   3896   1.1     skrll 
   3897   1.1     skrll   if (sym == NULL)
   3898   1.1     skrll     {
   3899   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
   3900   1.1     skrll       return;
   3901   1.1     skrll     }
   3902   1.1     skrll 
   3903   1.1     skrll   switch (arg)
   3904   1.1     skrll     {
   3905   1.1     skrll     case 0: /* No PV required.  */
   3906   1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
   3907   1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3908   1.1     skrll       break;
   3909   1.1     skrll     case 1: /* Std GP load.  */
   3910   1.1     skrll       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
   3911   1.1     skrll 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3912   1.1     skrll       break;
   3913   1.1     skrll     case 2: /* Non-std use of PV.  */
   3914   1.1     skrll       break;
   3915   1.1     skrll 
   3916   1.1     skrll     default:
   3917   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
   3918   1.1     skrll       break;
   3919   1.1     skrll     }
   3920   1.1     skrll 
   3921   1.1     skrll   if (cur_frame_data)
   3922   1.1     skrll     cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3923   1.1     skrll }
   3924   1.1     skrll 
   3925   1.1     skrll static char *first_file_directive;
   3926   1.1     skrll 
   3927   1.1     skrll static void
   3928   1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3929   1.1     skrll {
   3930   1.1     skrll   /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
   3931   1.6  christos      minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled.  */
   3932   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
   3933   1.1     skrll     {
   3934   1.1     skrll       char *start = input_line_pointer;
   3935   1.1     skrll       size_t len;
   3936   1.1     skrll 
   3937   1.1     skrll       discard_rest_of_line ();
   3938   1.1     skrll 
   3939   1.1     skrll       len = input_line_pointer - start;
   3940   1.1     skrll       first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
   3941   1.1     skrll 
   3942   1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer = start;
   3943   1.1     skrll     }
   3944   1.1     skrll 
   3945   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3946   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3947   1.1     skrll   else
   3948   1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_file (0);
   3949   1.1     skrll }
   3950   1.1     skrll 
   3951   1.1     skrll static void
   3952   1.1     skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3953   1.1     skrll {
   3954   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3955   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_loc (0);
   3956   1.1     skrll   else
   3957   1.1     skrll     dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
   3958   1.8  christos }
   3959   1.8  christos 
   3960   1.1     skrll static void
   3961   1.1     skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
   3962   1.1     skrll {
   3963   1.1     skrll   /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour.  */
   3964   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
   3965   1.1     skrll     {
   3966   1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   3967   1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   3968   1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   3969   1.1     skrll 
   3970   1.1     skrll       ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
   3971   1.1     skrll 
   3972   1.1     skrll       if (first_file_directive)
   3973   1.1     skrll 	{
   3974   1.1     skrll 	  char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
   3975   1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
   3976   1.1     skrll 	  ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3977   1.1     skrll 	  input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
   3978   1.1     skrll 	  free (first_file_directive);
   3979   1.1     skrll 	}
   3980   1.1     skrll 
   3981   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   3982   1.1     skrll     }
   3983   1.1     skrll   s_stab (n);
   3984   1.1     skrll }
   3985   1.1     skrll 
   3986   1.1     skrll static void
   3987   1.1     skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
   3988   1.1     skrll {
   3989   1.1     skrll   static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
   3990   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_begin,
   3991   1.3  christos     ecoff_directive_bend,
   3992   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_def,
   3993   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_dim,
   3994   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_endef,
   3995   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_scl,
   3996   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_tag,
   3997   1.1     skrll     ecoff_directive_val,
   3998   1.1     skrll   };
   3999   1.1     skrll 
   4000   1.1     skrll   gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
   4001   1.1     skrll 
   4002   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   4003   1.1     skrll     (*fns[which]) (0);
   4004   1.1     skrll   else
   4005   1.1     skrll     {
   4006  1.10  christos       as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
   4007   1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4008   1.1     skrll     }
   4009   1.1     skrll }
   4010   1.1     skrll 
   4011   1.1     skrll /* Called at the end of assembly.  Here we emit unwind info for frames
   4012   1.1     skrll    unless the compiler has done it for us.  */
   4013   1.1     skrll 
   4014   1.1     skrll void
   4015   1.1     skrll alpha_elf_md_finish (void)
   4016   1.1     skrll {
   4017   1.4  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
   4018   1.4  christos 
   4019   1.4  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   4020   1.4  christos     as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
   4021   1.4  christos 
   4022   1.4  christos   /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great.  */
   4023   1.4  christos   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
   4024   1.4  christos     return;
   4025   1.1     skrll 
   4026   1.1     skrll   /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
   4027   1.1     skrll      generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
   4028   1.1     skrll      Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
   4029   1.1     skrll      For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives.  Note that
   4030   1.1     skrll      the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet.  */
   4031   1.1     skrll   if (all_fde_data != NULL)
   4032   1.9  christos     return;
   4033  1.11  christos 
   4034  1.11  christos   /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified.  */
   4035   1.1     skrll   for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
   4036   1.5  christos     if (p->prologue_sym)
   4037   1.1     skrll       {
   4038   1.1     skrll 	/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
   4039   1.1     skrll 	   function symbol.  This prevents problems with globals.  */
   4040   1.1     skrll 	cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
   4041   1.1     skrll 				      symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym),
   4042   1.1     skrll 				      S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym)),
   4043   1.1     skrll 		     false);
   4044   1.1     skrll 
   4045   1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_sections ();
   4046   1.1     skrll 	cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
   4047   1.1     skrll 	cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4048   1.1     skrll 	if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
   4049   1.1     skrll 	  {
   4050   1.1     skrll 	    unsigned int mask;
   4051   1.1     skrll 	    offsetT offset;
   4052   1.1     skrll 
   4053   1.1     skrll 	    cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
   4054   1.1     skrll 
   4055   1.1     skrll 	    if (p->fp_regno != 30)
   4056   1.1     skrll 	      if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4057   1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
   4058   1.1     skrll 	      else
   4059   1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
   4060   1.1     skrll 	    else if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4061   1.1     skrll 	      cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
   4062   1.1     skrll 
   4063   1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->mask;
   4064   1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->mask_offset;
   4065   1.1     skrll 
   4066   1.1     skrll 	    /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first.  */
   4067   1.1     skrll 	    if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
   4068   1.1     skrll 	      {
   4069   1.1     skrll 	        cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
   4070   1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4071   1.1     skrll 		mask &= ~(1 << 26);
   4072   1.1     skrll 	      }
   4073   1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4074   1.1     skrll 	      {
   4075   1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4076   1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4077   1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4078   1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4079   1.1     skrll 
   4080   1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
   4081   1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4082   1.1     skrll 	      }
   4083   1.1     skrll 
   4084   1.1     skrll 	    mask = p->fmask;
   4085   1.1     skrll 	    offset = p->fmask_offset;
   4086   1.1     skrll 	    while (mask)
   4087   1.1     skrll 	      {
   4088   1.1     skrll 		unsigned int i;
   4089   1.1     skrll 		i = mask & -mask;
   4090   1.1     skrll 		mask ^= i;
   4091   1.1     skrll 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4092   1.1     skrll 
   4093   1.1     skrll 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
   4094   1.1     skrll 		offset += 8;
   4095   1.1     skrll 	      }
   4096   1.1     skrll 	  }
   4097   1.1     skrll 
   4098   1.1     skrll 	cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
   4099   1.1     skrll       }
   4100   1.1     skrll }
   4101   1.5  christos 
   4102   1.1     skrll static void
   4103   1.1     skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4104   1.1     skrll {
   4105   1.1     skrll   char *name, name_end;
   4106   1.5  christos   char *which, which_end;
   4107   1.1     skrll   symbolS *sym;
   4108   1.1     skrll   int other;
   4109   1.1     skrll 
   4110   1.1     skrll   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4111   1.1     skrll 
   4112   1.5  christos   if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4113  1.11  christos     {
   4114   1.5  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
   4115   1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4116   1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4117   1.1     skrll       return;
   4118   1.1     skrll     }
   4119   1.1     skrll 
   4120   1.1     skrll   sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4121   1.1     skrll   name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4122   1.1     skrll   if (! is_end_of_stmt (name_end))
   4123   1.1     skrll     input_line_pointer++;
   4124   1.5  christos 
   4125   1.5  christos   if (name_end != ',')
   4126   1.1     skrll     {
   4127   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
   4128   1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4129   1.1     skrll       return;
   4130   1.1     skrll     }
   4131   1.1     skrll 
   4132   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4133   1.1     skrll 
   4134   1.1     skrll   which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
   4135   1.1     skrll 
   4136   1.1     skrll   if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
   4137   1.5  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
   4138   1.1     skrll   else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
   4139   1.1     skrll     other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
   4140   1.1     skrll   else
   4141   1.1     skrll     {
   4142   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
   4143   1.1     skrll       other = 0;
   4144   1.1     skrll     }
   4145   1.1     skrll 
   4146   1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
   4147   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4148   1.1     skrll 
   4149   1.1     skrll   S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   4150   1.1     skrll }
   4151   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   4152   1.1     skrll 
   4153   1.1     skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry.  */
   4154   1.3  christos 
   4155   1.6  christos void
   4156   1.3  christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4157   1.3  christos {
   4158   1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4159   1.3  christos }
   4160   1.3  christos 
   4161   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   4162   1.3  christos 
   4163   1.3  christos /* Get name of section.  */
   4164   1.3  christos static const char *
   4165   1.3  christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
   4166   1.3  christos {
   4167   1.3  christos   char *name;
   4168   1.3  christos 
   4169   1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4170   1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
   4171   1.3  christos     {
   4172   1.3  christos       int dummy;
   4173   1.3  christos 
   4174   1.3  christos       name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
   4175   1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4176  1.11  christos 	{
   4177   1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4178   1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4179   1.3  christos 	}
   4180   1.3  christos     }
   4181   1.3  christos   else
   4182   1.3  christos     {
   4183   1.3  christos       char *end = input_line_pointer;
   4184   1.3  christos 
   4185   1.6  christos       while (!is_whitespace (*end) && !is_end_of_stmt (*end) && *end != ',')
   4186   1.3  christos 	end++;
   4187   1.3  christos       if (end == input_line_pointer)
   4188   1.3  christos 	{
   4189   1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_("missing name"));
   4190   1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4191   1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   4192   1.3  christos 	}
   4193   1.3  christos 
   4194   1.3  christos       name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
   4195   1.3  christos       input_line_pointer = end;
   4196   1.3  christos     }
   4197   1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4198   1.3  christos   return name;
   4199   1.3  christos }
   4200   1.3  christos 
   4201   1.3  christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword.  The LSBs are flags to be set,
   4202   1.3  christos    the MSBs are the flags to be cleared.  */
   4203   1.3  christos 
   4204   1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
   4205   1.3  christos #define EGPS__V_MASK	 0xffff
   4206   1.9  christos 
   4207   1.3  christos /* Parse one VMS section flag.  */
   4208   1.3  christos 
   4209   1.3  christos static flagword
   4210   1.5  christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
   4211   1.3  christos {
   4212   1.3  christos   int no = 0;
   4213   1.3  christos   flagword flag = 0;
   4214   1.3  christos 
   4215   1.9  christos   if (len == 5 && startswith (str, "NO"))
   4216   1.3  christos     {
   4217   1.9  christos       no = 1;
   4218   1.3  christos       str += 2;
   4219   1.9  christos       len -= 2;
   4220   1.3  christos     }
   4221   1.9  christos 
   4222   1.3  christos   if (len == 3)
   4223   1.9  christos     {
   4224   1.3  christos       if (startswith (str, "PIC"))
   4225   1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
   4226   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "LIB"))
   4227   1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
   4228   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "OVR"))
   4229   1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
   4230   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "REL"))
   4231   1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_REL;
   4232   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "GBL"))
   4233   1.9  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
   4234   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "SHR"))
   4235   1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
   4236   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "EXE"))
   4237   1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
   4238   1.9  christos       else if (startswith (str, "WRT"))
   4239   1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
   4240   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "VEC"))
   4241   1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
   4242   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "MOD"))
   4243   1.3  christos 	{
   4244   1.3  christos 	  flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4245   1.3  christos 	  no = 0;
   4246   1.3  christos 	}
   4247   1.3  christos       else if (startswith (str, "COM"))
   4248   1.3  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_COM;
   4249   1.3  christos     }
   4250   1.3  christos 
   4251   1.3  christos   if (flag == 0)
   4252   1.3  christos     {
   4253   1.3  christos       char c = str[len];
   4254   1.3  christos       str[len] = 0;
   4255   1.3  christos       as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
   4256   1.3  christos       str[len] = c;
   4257   1.1     skrll       return 0;
   4258   1.1     skrll     }
   4259   1.3  christos 
   4260   1.3  christos   if (no)
   4261   1.6  christos     return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4262   1.3  christos   else
   4263   1.3  christos     return flag;
   4264   1.1     skrll }
   4265   1.1     skrll 
   4266   1.1     skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
   4267   1.6  christos 
   4268   1.6  christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
   4269   1.3  christos 
   4270   1.3  christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
   4271   1.3  christos   { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
   4272   1.1     skrll 
   4273   1.3  christos static void
   4274   1.3  christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
   4275   1.3  christos {
   4276   1.3  christos   const char *name;
   4277   1.3  christos   char *beg;
   4278   1.3  christos   segT sec;
   4279   1.3  christos   flagword vms_flags = 0;
   4280   1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4281   1.3  christos 
   4282   1.3  christos   if (secid == 0)
   4283   1.3  christos     {
   4284   1.3  christos       name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   4285   1.3  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4286   1.3  christos         return;
   4287   1.3  christos       sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   4288   1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4289   1.3  christos         {
   4290   1.5  christos           /* Skip the comma.  */
   4291  1.11  christos           ++input_line_pointer;
   4292   1.3  christos           SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4293   1.3  christos 
   4294   1.3  christos      	  do
   4295  1.11  christos      	    {
   4296   1.3  christos      	      char c;
   4297   1.3  christos 
   4298   1.5  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4299   1.3  christos      	      c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
   4300   1.3  christos      	      restore_line_pointer (c);
   4301   1.3  christos 
   4302   1.3  christos      	      vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
   4303   1.3  christos 
   4304   1.3  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4305   1.3  christos      	    }
   4306   1.3  christos      	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
   4307   1.3  christos 
   4308   1.3  christos      	  --input_line_pointer;
   4309   1.3  christos         }
   4310   1.3  christos 
   4311   1.1     skrll 	symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4312   1.3  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
   4313   1.3  christos 	symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   4314   1.1     skrll         bfd_vms_set_section_flags
   4315   1.3  christos           (stdoutput, sec,
   4316   1.3  christos            (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
   4317   1.3  christos            vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
   4318   1.3  christos     }
   4319   1.3  christos   else
   4320   1.3  christos     {
   4321   1.3  christos       get_absolute_expression ();
   4322   1.3  christos       subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
   4323   1.3  christos     }
   4324   1.3  christos 
   4325   1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4326   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4327   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4328   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4329   1.1     skrll }
   4330   1.1     skrll 
   4331   1.1     skrll static void
   4332   1.1     skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4333   1.1     skrll {
   4334   1.1     skrll   subseg_new (".literals", 0);
   4335   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4336   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4337   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4338   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4339   1.1     skrll }
   4340   1.4  christos 
   4341   1.4  christos /* Parse .ent directives.  */
   4342   1.4  christos 
   4343   1.4  christos static void
   4344   1.3  christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4345   1.3  christos {
   4346   1.3  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4347   1.3  christos   expressionS symexpr;
   4348   1.3  christos 
   4349   1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
   4350   1.3  christos     as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
   4351   1.3  christos 
   4352   1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
   4353   1.3  christos 
   4354   1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
   4355   1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
   4356   1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
   4357   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
   4358   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
   4359   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
   4360   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
   4361   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
   4362   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
   4363   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
   4364   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
   4365   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
   4366   1.1     skrll 
   4367   1.1     skrll   expression (&symexpr);
   4368   1.1     skrll 
   4369   1.3  christos   if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
   4370   1.3  christos     {
   4371   1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
   4372   1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4373   1.3  christos       return;
   4374   1.3  christos     }
   4375   1.3  christos 
   4376   1.3  christos   symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
   4377   1.3  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4378   1.3  christos   alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
   4379   1.3  christos 
   4380   1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4381   1.3  christos }
   4382   1.5  christos 
   4383   1.5  christos static void
   4384   1.1     skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
   4385   1.3  christos {
   4386   1.3  christos   if (is_data)
   4387   1.3  christos     alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
   4388   1.3  christos   else
   4389   1.3  christos     {
   4390   1.3  christos       char *name, name_end;
   4391   1.3  christos 
   4392   1.3  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4393   1.3  christos 
   4394   1.3  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4395   1.3  christos 	{
   4396   1.3  christos 	  as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
   4397   1.5  christos 	}
   4398   1.5  christos       else
   4399   1.5  christos 	{
   4400   1.5  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   4401   1.1     skrll 
   4402   1.1     skrll 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4403   1.1     skrll 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4404   1.1     skrll 	  alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
   4405   1.1     skrll 	}
   4406   1.1     skrll 
   4407   1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4408   1.1     skrll     }
   4409   1.1     skrll 
   4410   1.4  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4411   1.1     skrll }
   4412   1.3  christos 
   4413   1.1     skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
   4414   1.1     skrll 
   4415   1.1     skrll static void
   4416   1.1     skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4417   1.1     skrll {
   4418   1.1     skrll   long val;
   4419   1.1     skrll   int ra;
   4420   1.1     skrll 
   4421   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
   4422   1.1     skrll 
   4423   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4424   1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   4425   1.1     skrll       || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4426   1.4  christos     {
   4427   1.4  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
   4428   1.4  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4429   1.4  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4430   1.1     skrll       return;
   4431   1.1     skrll     }
   4432   1.1     skrll 
   4433   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
   4434   1.1     skrll 
   4435   1.1     skrll   ra = tc_get_register (1);
   4436   1.1     skrll   if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
   4437   1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
   4438   1.3  christos 
   4439   1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4440   1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4441   1.3  christos     {
   4442   1.3  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
   4443   1.3  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4444   1.3  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4445   1.3  christos       return;
   4446   1.3  christos     }
   4447   1.9  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   4448   1.9  christos }
   4449   1.1     skrll 
   4450   1.1     skrll /* Parse .prologue.  */
   4451   1.4  christos 
   4452   1.3  christos static void
   4453   1.3  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4454   1.1     skrll {
   4455   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4456   1.1     skrll   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   4457   1.1     skrll 				     frag_now_fix ());
   4458   1.1     skrll }
   4459   1.5  christos 
   4460   1.1     skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
   4461   1.1     skrll    Insert a procedure descriptor.  */
   4462   1.4  christos 
   4463   1.4  christos static void
   4464   1.1     skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4465   1.4  christos {
   4466   1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4467   1.1     skrll   char name_end;
   4468   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4469   1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4470   1.1     skrll   symbolS *entry_sym;
   4471   1.1     skrll   const char *entry_sym_name;
   4472   1.1     skrll   const char *pdesc_sym_name;
   4473   1.3  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4474   1.3  christos   size_t len;
   4475   1.1     skrll 
   4476   1.4  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4477   1.1     skrll     {
   4478   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4479   1.5  christos       return;
   4480   1.3  christos     }
   4481   1.4  christos 
   4482   1.5  christos   expression (&exp);
   4483   1.4  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4484   1.3  christos     {
   4485   1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
   4486   1.1     skrll       return;
   4487   1.4  christos     }
   4488   1.1     skrll 
   4489   1.1     skrll   entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
   4490   1.4  christos   entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
   4491   1.4  christos 
   4492   1.1     skrll   /* Strip "..en".  */
   4493   1.4  christos   len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
   4494   1.4  christos   if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
   4495   1.4  christos     {
   4496   1.4  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
   4497   1.4  christos       return;
   4498   1.4  christos     }
   4499   1.4  christos   len -= 4;
   4500   1.4  christos   pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4501   1.1     skrll 
   4502   1.4  christos   if (!alpha_evax_proc
   4503   1.4  christos       || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   4504   1.5  christos       || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
   4505   1.3  christos       || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
   4506   1.3  christos     {
   4507   1.3  christos       as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
   4508   1.3  christos       return;
   4509   1.5  christos     }
   4510   1.1     skrll 
   4511   1.1     skrll   /* Define pdesc symbol.  */
   4512   1.1     skrll   symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4513   1.1     skrll 
   4514   1.1     skrll   /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol.  */
   4515   1.1     skrll   ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   4516   1.1     skrll      symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
   4517   1.1     skrll        = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
   4518   1.1     skrll 
   4519   1.5  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4520   1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4521   1.9  christos     {
   4522   1.3  christos       as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
   4523   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4524   1.9  christos       return;
   4525   1.3  christos     }
   4526   1.1     skrll 
   4527   1.9  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4528   1.3  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4529   1.1     skrll 
   4530   1.1     skrll   if (startswith (name, "stack"))
   4531   1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
   4532   1.5  christos 
   4533   1.1     skrll   else if (startswith (name, "reg"))
   4534   1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
   4535   1.1     skrll 
   4536   1.1     skrll   else if (startswith (name, "null"))
   4537   1.1     skrll     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
   4538   1.5  christos 
   4539   1.1     skrll   else
   4540   1.1     skrll     {
   4541   1.1     skrll       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4542   1.1     skrll       as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
   4543   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4544   1.1     skrll       return;
   4545   1.1     skrll     }
   4546   1.1     skrll 
   4547   1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4548   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4549   1.1     skrll 
   4550   1.3  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4551   1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4552   1.3  christos #endif
   4553   1.3  christos 
   4554   1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4555   1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (16);
   4556   1.3  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
   4557   1.1     skrll   fixp->fx_done = 1;
   4558   1.1     skrll 
   4559   1.1     skrll   *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
   4560   1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
   4561   1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
   4562   1.1     skrll     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
   4563   1.3  christos   *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
   4564   1.3  christos 
   4565   1.1     skrll   switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
   4566   1.1     skrll     {
   4567  1.11  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
   4568   1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = 0;
   4569   1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = 0;
   4570   1.1     skrll       break;
   4571   1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
   4572   1.1     skrll       *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
   4573   1.1     skrll       *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
   4574   1.3  christos       break;
   4575   1.1     skrll     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
   4576   1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p + 2, alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
   4577  1.11  christos       break;
   4578   1.1     skrll     default:		/* impossible */
   4579   1.4  christos       break;
   4580   1.4  christos     }
   4581   1.1     skrll 
   4582   1.3  christos   *(p + 4) = 0;
   4583   1.1     skrll   *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
   4584   1.1     skrll 
   4585   1.4  christos   /* Signature offset.  */
   4586   1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 6, 0, 2);
   4587  1.11  christos 
   4588  1.11  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
   4589   1.1     skrll                8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4590   1.1     skrll 
   4591   1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
   4592   1.3  christos     return;
   4593   1.3  christos 
   4594   1.3  christos   /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
   4595   1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (6);
   4596   1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
   4597   1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 2);
   4598   1.1     skrll 
   4599   1.4  christos   /* Entry length.  */
   4600   1.1     skrll   exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   4601   1.3  christos   exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
   4602   1.3  christos   exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
   4603   1.3  christos   emit_expr (&exp, 2);
   4604   1.3  christos 
   4605   1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
   4606   1.3  christos     return;
   4607   1.3  christos 
   4608   1.3  christos   /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
   4609   1.3  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4610   1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
   4611   1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
   4612   1.3  christos 
   4613   1.3  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
   4614   1.3  christos     {
   4615   1.3  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4616   1.1     skrll       fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   4617   1.1     skrll 	              alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4618   1.1     skrll     }
   4619   1.1     skrll 
   4620   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
   4621   1.1     skrll     {
   4622   1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4623   1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
   4624   1.1     skrll     }
   4625   1.1     skrll }
   4626   1.1     skrll 
   4627   1.1     skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
   4628   1.1     skrll 
   4629   1.1     skrll static void
   4630   1.1     skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4631   1.1     skrll {
   4632   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4633   1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4634   1.1     skrll 
   4635   1.1     skrll   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4636   1.1     skrll     {
   4637   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4638   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4639   1.1     skrll       return;
   4640   1.1     skrll     }
   4641   1.1     skrll 
   4642   1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4643   1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4644   1.1     skrll     {
   4645   1.1     skrll       as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
   4646   1.1     skrll       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4647   1.1     skrll       return;
   4648   1.1     skrll     }
   4649   1.1     skrll 
   4650   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4651   1.1     skrll 
   4652   1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4653   1.3  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4654   1.3  christos #endif
   4655   1.3  christos 
   4656   1.1     skrll   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4657   1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (8);
   4658   1.1     skrll 
   4659   1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4660   1.1     skrll }
   4661   1.3  christos 
   4662   1.1     skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
   4663   1.1     skrll    Create a linkage pair relocation.  */
   4664   1.1     skrll 
   4665   1.1     skrll static void
   4666   1.1     skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4667   1.1     skrll {
   4668   1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4669   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4670   1.1     skrll   fixS *fixp;
   4671   1.1     skrll 
   4672   1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4673   1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4674   1.3  christos #endif
   4675   1.5  christos 
   4676   1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4677   1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4678   1.3  christos     {
   4679   1.4  christos       as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
   4680   1.3  christos     }
   4681   1.3  christos   else
   4682   1.4  christos     {
   4683   1.9  christos       struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
   4684   1.9  christos 
   4685   1.4  christos       p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4686   1.4  christos       memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4687   1.6  christos       fixp = fix_new_exp
   4688   1.3  christos 	(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
   4689   1.4  christos 	 BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
   4690   1.3  christos 
   4691   1.3  christos       if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
   4692   1.4  christos 	alpha_insn_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
   4693   1.4  christos 				       frag_now_fix ());
   4694   1.4  christos 
   4695   1.3  christos       /* Create a linkage element.  */
   4696   1.4  christos       linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
   4697   1.4  christos       linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
   4698   1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
   4699   1.1     skrll       linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
   4700   1.1     skrll 
   4701   1.1     skrll       /* Append it to the list.  */
   4702   1.3  christos       if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
   4703   1.3  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
   4704   1.3  christos       else
   4705   1.1     skrll         alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
   4706   1.1     skrll       alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
   4707   1.1     skrll     }
   4708   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4709   1.1     skrll }
   4710   1.1     skrll 
   4711   1.1     skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
   4712   1.1     skrll    Create a code address relocation.  */
   4713   1.1     skrll 
   4714   1.1     skrll static void
   4715   1.1     skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4716   1.1     skrll {
   4717   1.1     skrll   expressionS exp;
   4718   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4719   1.1     skrll 
   4720   1.1     skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4721   1.1     skrll   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4722   1.1     skrll #endif
   4723   1.1     skrll 
   4724   1.1     skrll   expression (&exp);
   4725   1.1     skrll   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4726   1.1     skrll     as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
   4727   1.1     skrll   else
   4728   1.1     skrll     {
   4729   1.1     skrll       p = frag_more (8);
   4730   1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, 8);
   4731   1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
   4732   1.1     skrll 		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
   4733   1.1     skrll     }
   4734   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4735   1.1     skrll }
   4736   1.1     skrll 
   4737   1.1     skrll static void
   4738   1.1     skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4739   1.1     skrll {
   4740   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
   4741   1.1     skrll 
   4742   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4743   1.1     skrll }
   4744   1.1     skrll 
   4745   1.1     skrll static void
   4746   1.1     skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4747   1.1     skrll {
   4748   1.3  christos   long val;
   4749   1.1     skrll 
   4750   1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4751   1.1     skrll     {
   4752   1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
   4753   1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4754   1.1     skrll     }
   4755   1.1     skrll   else
   4756   1.1     skrll     {
   4757   1.1     skrll       alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
   4758   1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4759   1.1     skrll     }
   4760   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4761   1.1     skrll }
   4762   1.1     skrll 
   4763   1.1     skrll static void
   4764   1.1     skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4765   1.1     skrll {
   4766   1.3  christos   long val;
   4767   1.1     skrll 
   4768   1.1     skrll   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4769   1.1     skrll     {
   4770   1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
   4771   1.1     skrll       --input_line_pointer;
   4772   1.1     skrll     }
   4773   1.1     skrll   else
   4774   1.1     skrll     {
   4775   1.5  christos       alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
   4776   1.1     skrll       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4777   1.1     skrll     }
   4778   1.5  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4779   1.5  christos }
   4780   1.1     skrll 
   4781   1.4  christos static void
   4782   1.1     skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4783   1.1     skrll {
   4784   1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4785   1.1     skrll   char c;
   4786   1.1     skrll 
   4787   1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4788   1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4789   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4790   1.1     skrll   alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
   4791   1.1     skrll }
   4792   1.1     skrll 
   4793   1.1     skrll static void
   4794   1.1     skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4795   1.1     skrll {
   4796   1.1     skrll   symbolS *s;
   4797   1.1     skrll   int length;
   4798   1.1     skrll   static char case_hack[32];
   4799   1.1     skrll 
   4800   1.1     skrll   sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
   4801   1.1     skrll 	   alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
   4802   1.1     skrll 
   4803   1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
   4804   1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4805   1.1     skrll 
   4806   1.1     skrll   get_absolute_expression ();
   4807   1.1     skrll   s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
   4808   1.1     skrll   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4809   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4810   1.1     skrll }
   4811   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
   4812   1.1     skrll 
   4813   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
   4814   1.1     skrll 
   4815   1.1     skrll static void
   4816   1.1     skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4817   1.1     skrll {
   4818   1.1     skrll   expressionS e;
   4819   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   4820   1.1     skrll 
   4821   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4822   1.1     skrll   expression (&e);
   4823   1.1     skrll 
   4824   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4825   1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4826   1.1     skrll     {
   4827   1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4828   1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4829   1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_symbol;
   4830   1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   4831   1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4832   1.1     skrll       break;
   4833   1.1     skrll     default:
   4834   1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4835   1.1     skrll     }
   4836   1.1     skrll #else
   4837   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   4838   1.1     skrll   switch (e.X_op)
   4839   1.1     skrll     {
   4840   1.1     skrll     case O_constant:
   4841   1.1     skrll       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4842   1.1     skrll       /* fall through */
   4843   1.1     skrll     case O_symbol:
   4844   1.1     skrll       e.X_op = O_subtract;
   4845  1.11  christos       e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   4846   1.1     skrll       break;
   4847   1.1     skrll     default:
   4848   1.1     skrll       abort ();
   4849   1.1     skrll     }
   4850   1.1     skrll #endif
   4851   1.1     skrll #endif
   4852   1.1     skrll 
   4853   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   4854   1.1     skrll     alpha_align (2, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4855   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   4856   1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = 2;
   4857   1.7  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4858   1.1     skrll 
   4859   1.1     skrll   p = frag_more (4);
   4860   1.1     skrll   memset (p, 0, 4);
   4861   1.1     skrll   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
   4862   1.1     skrll 	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
   4863   1.1     skrll }
   4864   1.1     skrll 
   4865   1.1     skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
   4866   1.1     skrll    generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
   4867   1.1     skrll    correctly aligned.  */
   4868   1.1     skrll 
   4869   1.1     skrll static void
   4870   1.1     skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
   4871   1.1     skrll {
   4872   1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   4873   1.1     skrll 
   4874   1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   4875   1.1     skrll     {
   4876   1.1     skrll     default:
   4877   1.1     skrll     case 'f':
   4878   1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   4879   1.1     skrll       log_size = 2;
   4880   1.1     skrll       break;
   4881   1.1     skrll 
   4882   1.1     skrll     case 'd':
   4883   1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   4884   1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   4885   1.1     skrll       log_size = 3;
   4886   1.1     skrll       break;
   4887   1.1     skrll 
   4888  1.11  christos     case 'x':
   4889   1.1     skrll     case 'X':
   4890   1.1     skrll     case 'p':
   4891   1.1     skrll     case 'P':
   4892   1.1     skrll       log_size = 4;
   4893   1.1     skrll       break;
   4894   1.1     skrll     }
   4895   1.1     skrll 
   4896   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   4897   1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4898   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   4899   1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   4900   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4901   1.1     skrll 
   4902   1.1     skrll   float_cons (type);
   4903   1.1     skrll }
   4904   1.1     skrll 
   4905   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
   4906   1.1     skrll    parse it.  */
   4907   1.1     skrll 
   4908   1.1     skrll static void
   4909   1.1     skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4910   1.5  christos {
   4911   1.1     skrll   char *name;
   4912   1.1     skrll   char c;
   4913  1.11  christos   char *p;
   4914  1.11  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   4915   1.1     skrll   int temp;
   4916   1.1     skrll 
   4917   1.1     skrll   /* Takes ".proc name,nargs".  */
   4918   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4919   1.1     skrll   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4920   1.1     skrll   p = input_line_pointer;
   4921   1.1     skrll   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4922   1.1     skrll   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4923   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4924   1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4925   1.1     skrll     {
   4926   1.1     skrll       *p = 0;
   4927   1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
   4928   1.1     skrll       *p = c;
   4929   1.3  christos       temp = 0;
   4930   1.1     skrll       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4931   1.1     skrll     }
   4932   1.1     skrll   else
   4933   1.1     skrll     {
   4934   1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   4935   1.1     skrll       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4936   1.1     skrll     }
   4937   1.1     skrll   /*  *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
   4938   1.1     skrll   (void) symbolP;
   4939   1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
   4940   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4941   1.1     skrll }
   4942   1.1     skrll 
   4943   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
   4944   1.1     skrll    the assembler features.  */
   4945   1.5  christos 
   4946   1.1     skrll static void
   4947   1.1     skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4948   1.1     skrll {
   4949   1.1     skrll   char *name, ch, *s;
   4950   1.1     skrll   int yesno = 1;
   4951   1.1     skrll 
   4952   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4953   1.1     skrll 
   4954   1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4955   1.1     skrll   s = name;
   4956   1.1     skrll   if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
   4957   1.1     skrll     {
   4958   1.1     skrll       yesno = 0;
   4959   1.1     skrll       s += 2;
   4960   1.1     skrll     }
   4961   1.1     skrll   if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
   4962   1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4963   1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
   4964   1.1     skrll     alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
   4965   1.5  christos   else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
   4966   1.1     skrll     alpha_macros_on = yesno;
   4967   1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
   4968   1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4969   1.1     skrll   else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
   4970   1.1     skrll     /* ignore */ ;
   4971   1.1     skrll   else
   4972   1.1     skrll     as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
   4973   1.1     skrll 
   4974   1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   4975   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4976   1.1     skrll }
   4977   1.1     skrll 
   4978   1.1     skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
   4979   1.1     skrll    the $gp register.  */
   4980   1.1     skrll 
   4981   1.1     skrll static void
   4982   1.1     skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4983   1.1     skrll {
   4984   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4985   1.1     skrll 
   4986   1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   4987   1.1     skrll     {
   4988   1.1     skrll       /* $rNN form.  */
   4989   1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   4990   1.1     skrll       if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
   4991   1.1     skrll 	input_line_pointer++;
   4992   1.1     skrll     }
   4993   1.1     skrll 
   4994   1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
   4995   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
   4996   1.1     skrll     {
   4997   1.1     skrll       alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
   4998   1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
   4999   1.1     skrll     }
   5000   1.1     skrll 
   5001   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5002   1.1     skrll }
   5003   1.1     skrll 
   5004   1.3  christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
   5005   1.1     skrll    also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
   5006   1.1     skrll    way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
   5007   1.1     skrll 
   5008   1.1     skrll static void
   5009   1.1     skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5010   1.1     skrll {
   5011   1.1     skrll   int align;
   5012   1.1     skrll   char fill, *pfill;
   5013   1.1     skrll   long max_alignment = 16;
   5014   1.1     skrll 
   5015   1.1     skrll   align = get_absolute_expression ();
   5016   1.1     skrll   if (align > max_alignment)
   5017   1.1     skrll     {
   5018   1.1     skrll       align = max_alignment;
   5019   1.1     skrll       as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
   5020   1.1     skrll     }
   5021   1.1     skrll   else if (align < 0)
   5022   1.1     skrll     {
   5023   1.1     skrll       as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
   5024   1.1     skrll       align = 0;
   5025   1.1     skrll     }
   5026   1.1     skrll 
   5027   1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   5028   1.1     skrll     {
   5029   1.1     skrll       input_line_pointer++;
   5030   1.4  christos       fill = get_absolute_expression ();
   5031   1.1     skrll       pfill = &fill;
   5032   1.1     skrll     }
   5033   1.1     skrll   else
   5034   1.1     skrll     pfill = NULL;
   5035   1.1     skrll 
   5036   1.4  christos   if (align != 0)
   5037   1.1     skrll     {
   5038   1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   5039   1.1     skrll       alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
   5040   1.1     skrll     }
   5041   1.1     skrll   else
   5042   1.1     skrll     {
   5043   1.1     skrll       alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5044   1.1     skrll     }
   5045   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5046   1.1     skrll 
   5047   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5048   1.1     skrll }
   5049   1.1     skrll 
   5050   1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
   5051   1.1     skrll 
   5052   1.1     skrll static void
   5053   1.1     skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
   5054   1.1     skrll {
   5055   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5056   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5057   1.1     skrll   stringer (8 + terminate);
   5058   1.1     skrll }
   5059   1.1     skrll 
   5060   1.1     skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
   5061   1.1     skrll 
   5062   1.1     skrll static void
   5063   1.1     skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
   5064   1.1     skrll {
   5065   1.1     skrll   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5066   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5067   1.1     skrll   s_space (ignore);
   5068   1.1     skrll }
   5069   1.1     skrll 
   5070   1.1     skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
   5071   1.1     skrll 
   5072   1.1     skrll void
   5073  1.11  christos alpha_cons_align (int size)
   5074   1.1     skrll {
   5075   1.1     skrll   int log_size;
   5076   1.1     skrll 
   5077   1.1     skrll   log_size = 0;
   5078   1.1     skrll   while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
   5079   1.1     skrll     ++log_size;
   5080   1.1     skrll 
   5081   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   5082   1.1     skrll     alpha_align (log_size, NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   5083   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   5084   1.1     skrll     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   5085   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5086   1.1     skrll }
   5087   1.1     skrll 
   5088   1.1     skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
   5089   1.1     skrll    pseudos.  We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons.  */
   5090   1.1     skrll 
   5091   1.1     skrll static void
   5092   1.1     skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
   5093   1.1     skrll {
   5094   1.1     skrll   int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
   5095   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5096   1.1     skrll   cons (bytes);
   5097   1.1     skrll   alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
   5098   1.1     skrll }
   5099   1.1     skrll 
   5100   1.5  christos /* Switch the working cpu type.  */
   5101   1.5  christos 
   5102   1.1     skrll static void
   5103   1.1     skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5104   1.1     skrll {
   5105   1.1     skrll   char *name, ch;
   5106   1.1     skrll   const struct cpu_type *p;
   5107   1.1     skrll 
   5108   1.1     skrll   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5109   1.3  christos 
   5110   1.1     skrll   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   5111   1.9  christos 
   5112   1.5  christos   for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5113   1.1     skrll     if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
   5114   1.1     skrll       {
   5115   1.1     skrll 	alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5116   1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   5117   1.1     skrll       }
   5118   1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
   5119   1.1     skrll 
   5120   1.1     skrll  found:
   5121   1.1     skrll   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5122   1.1     skrll   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5123   1.1     skrll }
   5124   1.1     skrll 
   5125   1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5127   1.1     skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
   5128   1.1     skrll 
   5129   1.1     skrll static void
   5130   1.1     skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
   5131   1.1     skrll {
   5132   1.3  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   5133   1.1     skrll     {
   5134   1.1     skrll     case O_cpregister:
   5135   1.1     skrll       putc (',', f);
   5136   1.1     skrll       /* FALLTHRU */
   5137   1.3  christos     case O_pregister:
   5138   1.1     skrll       putc ('(', f);
   5139   1.1     skrll       {
   5140   1.1     skrll 	expressionS nexp = *exp;
   5141   1.1     skrll 	nexp.X_op = O_register;
   5142   1.1     skrll 	print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
   5143   1.1     skrll       }
   5144   1.1     skrll       putc (')', f);
   5145   1.1     skrll       break;
   5146   1.1     skrll     default:
   5147   1.1     skrll       print_expr_1 (f, exp);
   5148   1.1     skrll       break;
   5149   1.1     skrll     }
   5150   1.1     skrll }
   5151   1.1     skrll #endif
   5152   1.1     skrll 
   5153   1.1     skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
   5155   1.1     skrll 
   5156   1.1     skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
   5157   1.1     skrll {
   5158   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5159   1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* OSF1 compiler does this.  */
   5160   1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
   5161   1.1     skrll #endif
   5162   1.1     skrll   {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
   5163   1.3  christos   {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
   5164   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5165   1.3  christos   {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
   5166   1.3  christos #endif
   5167   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5168   1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5169   1.3  christos   {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5170   1.3  christos   {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5171   1.3  christos   {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5172   1.3  christos #endif
   5173   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5174   1.3  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5175   1.3  christos   {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
   5176   1.3  christos   {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
   5177   1.3  christos   {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
   5178   1.3  christos   {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
   5179   1.3  christos   {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
   5180   1.3  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5181   1.3  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5182   1.3  christos   {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
   5183   1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5184   1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
   5185   1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5186   1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
   5187   1.1     skrll   {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
   5188   1.1     skrll   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
   5189   1.1     skrll   {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
   5190   1.1     skrll   {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
   5191   1.1     skrll   {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
   5192   1.1     skrll   {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
   5193   1.1     skrll   {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
   5194   1.1     skrll #endif
   5195   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5196   1.1     skrll   /* Frame related pseudos.  */
   5197   1.1     skrll   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5198   1.1     skrll   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5199   1.1     skrll   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5200   1.1     skrll   {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
   5201   1.1     skrll   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5202   1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5203   1.1     skrll   {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
   5204   1.1     skrll   {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
   5205   1.1     skrll   {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
   5206   1.1     skrll   {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
   5207   1.3  christos   {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
   5208   1.3  christos   /* COFF debugging related pseudos.  */
   5209   1.3  christos   {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
   5210   1.1     skrll   {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
   5211   1.1     skrll   {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
   5212   1.3  christos   {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
   5213   1.1     skrll   {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
   5214   1.1     skrll   {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
   5215   1.1     skrll   {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
   5216   1.1     skrll   {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
   5217   1.1     skrll #else
   5218   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5219   1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5220   1.1     skrll #else
   5221   1.1     skrll   {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
   5222   1.1     skrll #endif
   5223   1.1     skrll #endif
   5224   1.1     skrll   {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
   5225   1.1     skrll   {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5226   1.1     skrll   {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5227   1.1     skrll   {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
   5228   1.1     skrll   {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
   5229   1.1     skrll   {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
   5230   1.1     skrll 
   5231   1.1     skrll   {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
   5232   1.1     skrll   {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
   5233   1.1     skrll   {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
   5234   1.1     skrll   {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
   5235   1.1     skrll   {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
   5236   1.1     skrll   {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
   5237   1.1     skrll   {"option", s_ignore, 0},
   5238   1.1     skrll   {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
   5239   1.1     skrll   {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
   5240   1.1     skrll   {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
   5241   1.1     skrll 
   5242   1.1     skrll   {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
   5243   1.1     skrll   {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5244   1.1     skrll   {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5245   1.1     skrll   {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5246   1.1     skrll   {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
   5247   1.1     skrll   {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5248   1.1     skrll   {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5249   1.1     skrll   {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5250   1.1     skrll   {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5251   1.1     skrll   {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5252   1.1     skrll 
   5253   1.1     skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos.  */
   5254   1.1     skrll   {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5255   1.1     skrll   {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5256   1.1     skrll   {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5257   1.1     skrll 
   5258   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5259   1.1     skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned.  */
   5260   1.1     skrll   {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5261   1.1     skrll   {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5262   1.1     skrll   {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5263   1.1     skrll #endif
   5264   1.1     skrll 
   5265   1.1     skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
   5266   1.1     skrll   {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
   5267   1.1     skrll   {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
   5268   1.1     skrll 
   5269   1.1     skrll   {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
   5270   1.1     skrll 
   5271   1.1     skrll   {NULL, 0, 0},
   5272   1.1     skrll };
   5273   1.1     skrll 
   5274   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5276   1.1     skrll 
   5277   1.1     skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
   5278   1.1     skrll    unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
   5279   1.1     skrll 
   5280   1.1     skrll static inline void
   5281   1.1     skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
   5282   1.1     skrll {
   5283   1.3  christos   bfd_vma vma;
   5284   1.1     skrll 
   5285   1.1     skrll   if (!sec)
   5286   1.1     skrll     return;
   5287   1.1     skrll   vma = bfd_section_vma (sec);
   5288   1.1     skrll   if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
   5289   1.1     skrll     alpha_gp_value = vma;
   5290   1.1     skrll }
   5291   1.1     skrll 
   5292   1.1     skrll static void
   5293   1.1     skrll select_gp_value (void)
   5294   1.1     skrll {
   5295   1.1     skrll   gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
   5296   1.1     skrll 
   5297   1.1     skrll   /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
   5298   1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value = 0;
   5299   1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value--;
   5300   1.1     skrll 
   5301   1.1     skrll   /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
   5302   1.1     skrll   maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
   5303   1.1     skrll 
   5304   1.1     skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
   5305   1.1     skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
   5306   1.1     skrll 
   5307   1.1     skrll   alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
   5308   1.3  christos 
   5309  1.12  christos   S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
   5310   1.1     skrll 
   5311   1.1     skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
   5312   1.1     skrll   printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
   5313   1.1     skrll #endif
   5314  1.12  christos }
   5315   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   5316   1.1     skrll 
   5317   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5318   1.1     skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL.  */
   5319   1.1     skrll 
   5320   1.1     skrll bfd_vma
   5321   1.3  christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **extra)
   5322   1.1     skrll {
   5323   1.1     skrll   if (letter == 's')
   5324   1.1     skrll     return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
   5325   1.1     skrll 
   5326   1.1     skrll   *extra = "s";
   5327   1.1     skrll   return -1;
   5328   1.1     skrll }
   5329   1.1     skrll 
   5330   1.1     skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA.  */
   5331   1.1     skrll 
   5332   1.1     skrll flagword
   5333   1.1     skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5334   1.1     skrll {
   5335   1.6  christos   if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
   5336   1.6  christos     flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
   5337   1.1     skrll   return flags;
   5338   1.1     skrll }
   5339   1.1     skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   5340   1.1     skrll 
   5341   1.1     skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c.  Fill in the contents
   5342  1.11  christos    of an rs_align_code fragment.  */
   5343   1.1     skrll 
   5344   1.1     skrll void
   5345   1.1     skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   5346   1.1     skrll {
   5347   1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
   5348   1.1     skrll   static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
   5349   1.1     skrll   {
   5350   1.1     skrll     0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
   5351  1.11  christos     0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
   5352  1.11  christos   };
   5353   1.1     skrll 
   5354   1.1     skrll   size_t bytes, fix;
   5355   1.1     skrll   char *p;
   5356   1.1     skrll 
   5357   1.1     skrll   if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
   5358   1.1     skrll     return;
   5359   1.1     skrll 
   5360   1.1     skrll   bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   5361   1.1     skrll   p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   5362   1.1     skrll 
   5363   1.1     skrll   fix = bytes & 3;
   5364   1.1     skrll   if (fix)
   5365  1.11  christos     {
   5366   1.1     skrll       memset (p, 0, fix);
   5367  1.11  christos       p += fix;
   5368  1.11  christos       bytes -= fix;
   5369  1.11  christos     }
   5370  1.11  christos   if (bytes & 4)
   5371  1.11  christos     {
   5372   1.1     skrll       memcpy (p, unop, 4);
   5373   1.1     skrll       p += 4;
   5374   1.1     skrll       bytes -= 4;
   5375   1.1     skrll       fix += 4;
   5376   1.1     skrll     }
   5377   1.1     skrll   fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   5378   1.1     skrll 
   5379   1.1     skrll   if (bytes)
   5380   1.1     skrll     {
   5381   1.1     skrll       memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
   5382   1.1     skrll       fragp->fr_var = 8;
   5383   1.1     skrll     }
   5384   1.1     skrll }
   5385   1.1     skrll 
   5386   1.1     skrll /* Public interface functions.  */
   5388   1.1     skrll 
   5389   1.1     skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
   5390   1.3  christos    up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
   5391   1.1     skrll    need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
   5392   1.1     skrll 
   5393   1.1     skrll void
   5394   1.9  christos md_begin (void)
   5395   1.1     skrll {
   5396   1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
   5397   1.1     skrll 
   5398   1.9  christos   /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
   5399   1.1     skrll   {
   5400   1.1     skrll     expressionS e;
   5401   1.9  christos 
   5402   1.9  christos     e.X_op = O_max;
   5403   1.1     skrll     gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
   5404   1.1     skrll   }
   5405   1.1     skrll 
   5406   1.1     skrll   /* Create the opcode hash table.  */
   5407   1.1     skrll   alpha_opcode_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5408   1.1     skrll 
   5409   1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
   5410   1.1     skrll     {
   5411  1.10  christos       const char *name, *slash;
   5412  1.10  christos 
   5413  1.10  christos       name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
   5414   1.1     skrll       if (str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0))
   5415  1.10  christos 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   5416  1.10  christos 
   5417   1.1     skrll       /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
   5418   1.9  christos 	 syntax, like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for
   5419   1.1     skrll 	 use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
   5420   1.1     skrll 	 without the "/".  */
   5421   1.1     skrll 
   5422   1.1     skrll       if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
   5423   1.1     skrll 	{
   5424   1.1     skrll 	  size_t len = strlen (name);
   5425   1.1     skrll 	  char *p = notes_alloc (len);
   5426   1.1     skrll 	  size_t len1 = slash - name;
   5427   1.1     skrll 
   5428   1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (p, name, len1);
   5429   1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (p + len1, slash + 1, len - len1);
   5430   1.9  christos 
   5431   1.1     skrll 	  (void) str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0);
   5432   1.1     skrll 	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
   5433   1.1     skrll 	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
   5434   1.9  christos 	}
   5435   1.1     skrll 
   5436   1.1     skrll       while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
   5437   1.9  christos 	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
   5438   1.9  christos 		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
   5439   1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5440   1.1     skrll     }
   5441   1.1     skrll 
   5442   1.1     skrll   /* Create the macro hash table.  */
   5443   1.1     skrll   alpha_macro_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5444   1.1     skrll 
   5445   1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
   5446   1.1     skrll     {
   5447   1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   5448   1.1     skrll 
   5449   1.1     skrll       name = alpha_macros[i].name;
   5450   1.1     skrll       if (str_hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, &alpha_macros[i], 0))
   5451   1.1     skrll 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   5452   1.9  christos 
   5453   1.9  christos       while (++i < alpha_num_macros
   5454   1.1     skrll 	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
   5455   1.1     skrll 		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
   5456   1.1     skrll 	continue;
   5457   1.1     skrll     }
   5458   1.1     skrll 
   5459   1.1     skrll   /* Construct symbols for each of the registers.  */
   5460   1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
   5461   1.9  christos     {
   5462   1.9  christos       char name[4];
   5463   1.1     skrll 
   5464   1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
   5465   1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   5466   1.1     skrll 					       &zero_address_frag, i);
   5467   1.1     skrll     }
   5468   1.1     skrll 
   5469   1.1     skrll   for (; i < 64; ++i)
   5470   1.1     skrll     {
   5471   1.1     skrll       char name[5];
   5472   1.1     skrll 
   5473   1.1     skrll       sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
   5474   1.1     skrll       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   5475   1.9  christos 					       &zero_address_frag, i);
   5476   1.9  christos     }
   5477   1.1     skrll 
   5478   1.1     skrll   /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using.  */
   5479   1.1     skrll 
   5480   1.1     skrll   /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
   5481   1.1     skrll   bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
   5482   1.1     skrll 
   5483   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5484   1.1     skrll   create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
   5485   1.1     skrll 
   5486  1.11  christos   /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
   5487   1.8  christos      symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
   5488   1.8  christos   alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section,
   5489   1.1     skrll 				   &zero_address_frag, 0x8000);
   5490   1.1     skrll #endif
   5491   1.1     skrll 
   5492   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5493   1.9  christos   create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
   5494   1.1     skrll #endif
   5495   1.1     skrll 
   5496   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5497   1.1     skrll   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   5498   1.1     skrll     {
   5499   1.1     skrll       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   5500   1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   5501   1.1     skrll       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   5502   1.1     skrll     }
   5503   1.1     skrll #endif
   5504   1.1     skrll 
   5505   1.1     skrll   /* Create literal lookup hash table.  */
   5506   1.1     skrll   alpha_literal_hash = str_htab_create ();
   5507   1.1     skrll 
   5508   1.1     skrll   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
   5509   1.1     skrll }
   5510   1.1     skrll 
   5511   1.1     skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   5512   1.1     skrll 
   5513   1.1     skrll void
   5514   1.1     skrll md_assemble (char *str)
   5515   1.1     skrll {
   5516   1.1     skrll   /* Current maximum is 13.  */
   5517   1.1     skrll   char opname[32];
   5518   1.1     skrll   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   5519   1.1     skrll   int ntok, trunclen;
   5520   1.1     skrll   size_t opnamelen;
   5521   1.1     skrll 
   5522   1.1     skrll   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   5523   1.1     skrll   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
   5524   1.1     skrll   trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
   5525   1.1     skrll 	      ? opnamelen
   5526   1.1     skrll 	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
   5527   1.1     skrll   memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
   5528   1.1     skrll   opname[trunclen] = '\0';
   5529   1.1     skrll 
   5530   1.1     skrll   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   5531   1.1     skrll   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   5532   1.1     skrll     {
   5533   1.1     skrll       if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
   5534   1.1     skrll 	as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   5535   1.8  christos 
   5536   1.1     skrll       return;
   5537   1.1     skrll     }
   5538   1.1     skrll 
   5539   1.1     skrll   /* Finish it off.  */
   5540   1.1     skrll   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
   5541   1.1     skrll }
   5542   1.1     skrll 
   5543   1.1     skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   5544   1.1     skrll 
   5545   1.1     skrll valueT
   5546   1.6  christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
   5547   1.1     skrll {
   5548   1.1     skrll   int align = bfd_section_alignment (seg);
   5549   1.6  christos   valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
   5550   1.1     skrll 
   5551   1.1     skrll   return (size + mask) & ~mask;
   5552   1.1     skrll }
   5553   1.1     skrll 
   5554   1.1     skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   5555   1.1     skrll    of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP.  The number
   5556   1.1     skrll    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP.  An error message is
   5557   1.7  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   5558   1.1     skrll 
   5559   1.1     skrll const char *
   5560   1.1     skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   5561   1.1     skrll {
   5562   1.1     skrll   extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
   5563   1.9  christos 
   5564   1.1     skrll   switch (type)
   5565   1.1     skrll     {
   5566   1.1     skrll       /* VAX floats.  */
   5567   1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5568   1.1     skrll       /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
   5569   1.1     skrll       type = 'g';
   5570   1.6  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   5571   1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5572   1.1     skrll     case 'D':
   5573   1.1     skrll       return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
   5574   1.1     skrll 
   5575   1.1     skrll     default:
   5576   1.1     skrll       return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, false);
   5577   1.1     skrll     }
   5578   1.1     skrll }
   5579   1.1     skrll 
   5580   1.1     skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
   5581   1.1     skrll 
   5582   1.1     skrll int
   5583   1.1     skrll md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
   5584   1.1     skrll {
   5585   1.1     skrll   switch (c)
   5586   1.1     skrll     {
   5587   1.1     skrll     case 'F':
   5588   1.1     skrll       alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
   5589   1.1     skrll       break;
   5590   1.1     skrll 
   5591   1.1     skrll     case OPTION_32ADDR:
   5592   1.1     skrll       alpha_addr32_on = 1;
   5593   1.1     skrll       break;
   5594   1.1     skrll 
   5595   1.1     skrll     case 'g':
   5596   1.1     skrll       alpha_debug = 1;
   5597   1.1     skrll       break;
   5598   1.1     skrll 
   5599   1.1     skrll     case 'G':
   5600   1.1     skrll       g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
   5601   1.1     skrll       break;
   5602   1.1     skrll 
   5603   1.1     skrll     case 'm':
   5604   1.1     skrll       {
   5605   1.1     skrll 	const struct cpu_type *p;
   5606   1.1     skrll 
   5607   1.1     skrll 	for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5608   1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
   5609   1.1     skrll 	    {
   5610   1.1     skrll 	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5611   1.1     skrll 	      goto found;
   5612   1.1     skrll 	    }
   5613   1.1     skrll 	as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
   5614   1.1     skrll       found:;
   5615   1.1     skrll       }
   5616   1.3  christos       break;
   5617   1.3  christos 
   5618   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5619   1.3  christos     case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long.  */
   5620   1.3  christos       alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
   5621   1.3  christos       break;
   5622   1.3  christos 
   5623   1.3  christos     case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation.  */
   5624   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
   5625   1.1     skrll       break;
   5626   1.1     skrll 
   5627   1.1     skrll     case 'h':			/* For gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
   5628   1.1     skrll       break;
   5629   1.1     skrll 
   5630   1.1     skrll     case OPTION_REPLACE:
   5631   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 1;
   5632   1.1     skrll       break;
   5633   1.1     skrll 
   5634   1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
   5635   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_replace = 0;
   5636   1.1     skrll       break;
   5637   1.1     skrll #endif
   5638   1.1     skrll 
   5639   1.1     skrll     case OPTION_RELAX:
   5640   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_relax = 1;
   5641   1.1     skrll       break;
   5642   1.1     skrll 
   5643   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5644   1.1     skrll     case OPTION_MDEBUG:
   5645   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   5646   1.1     skrll       break;
   5647   1.1     skrll     case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
   5648   1.1     skrll       alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
   5649   1.1     skrll       break;
   5650   1.1     skrll #endif
   5651   1.1     skrll 
   5652   1.1     skrll     default:
   5653   1.1     skrll       return 0;
   5654   1.1     skrll     }
   5655   1.1     skrll 
   5656   1.1     skrll   return 1;
   5657   1.1     skrll }
   5658   1.1     skrll 
   5659   1.1     skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
   5660   1.1     skrll 
   5661   1.1     skrll void
   5662   1.1     skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   5663   1.3  christos {
   5664   1.3  christos   fputs (_("\
   5665   1.3  christos Alpha options:\n\
   5666   1.1     skrll -32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
   5667   1.1     skrll -F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
   5668   1.1     skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
   5669   1.1     skrll 			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
   5670   1.1     skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
   5671   1.1     skrll 			these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
   5672   1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5673   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5674   1.1     skrll   fputs (_("\
   5675   1.1     skrll VMS options:\n\
   5676   1.1     skrll -+			encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
   5677   1.1     skrll -H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
   5678   1.1     skrll -replace/-noreplace	enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
   5679   1.1     skrll 	stream);
   5680   1.1     skrll #endif
   5681   1.1     skrll }
   5682   1.1     skrll 
   5683   1.1     skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
   5684   1.1     skrll    relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
   5685   1.1     skrll 
   5686   1.1     skrll long
   5687   1.1     skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   5688   1.1     skrll {
   5689   1.1     skrll   valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   5690   1.1     skrll 
   5691   1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5692   1.1     skrll     {
   5693   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5694   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5695   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5696   1.1     skrll       return addr + 4;
   5697   1.1     skrll     default:
   5698   1.1     skrll       return addr;
   5699   1.1     skrll     }
   5700   1.1     skrll }
   5701   1.1     skrll 
   5702   1.1     skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
   5703   1.1     skrll    ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
   5704   1.1     skrll    To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
   5705   1.1     skrll 
   5706   1.1     skrll    For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
   5707   1.1     skrll    internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
   5708   1.1     skrll    this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
   5709   1.1     skrll    the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
   5710   1.1     skrll    GPDISP.  */
   5711   1.1     skrll 
   5712   1.1     skrll void
   5713   1.1     skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
   5714   1.1     skrll {
   5715   1.1     skrll   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   5716   1.1     skrll   valueT value = * valP;
   5717   1.1     skrll   unsigned image, size;
   5718   1.1     skrll 
   5719   1.1     skrll   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5720   1.1     skrll     {
   5721   1.1     skrll       /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
   5722   1.1     skrll 	 referring to the current function's section;  we need to drop
   5723   1.1     skrll 	 in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
   5724   1.1     skrll 	 the function, gives the desired GP.  */
   5725   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   5726   1.1     skrll       {
   5727   1.1     skrll 	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
   5728   1.1     skrll 
   5729   1.1     skrll 	/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
   5730   1.1     skrll 	   the matching LO16 reloc.  We will have already issued an
   5731   1.1     skrll 	   error message.  */
   5732   1.1     skrll 	if (next)
   5733   1.1     skrll 	  fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
   5734   1.1     skrll 			     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
   5735   1.1     skrll 
   5736   1.1     skrll 	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
   5737   1.1     skrll       }
   5738   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5739   1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
   5740   1.1     skrll #endif
   5741   1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_gp;
   5742   1.8  christos 
   5743   1.8  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   5744   1.8  christos       value = sign_extend_16 (value);
   5745   1.8  christos       fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   5746   1.8  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5747   1.8  christos       fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5748   1.1     skrll #endif
   5749   1.1     skrll 
   5750   1.1     skrll     do_reloc_gp:
   5751   1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
   5752   1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5753   1.1     skrll       break;
   5754   1.1     skrll 
   5755   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   5756   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5757   1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
   5758   1.1     skrll       size = 1;
   5759   1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5760   1.1     skrll 
   5761   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   5762   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5763   1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
   5764   1.1     skrll       size = 2;
   5765   1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5766   1.1     skrll 
   5767   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   5768   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5769   1.1     skrll 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
   5770   1.1     skrll       size = 4;
   5771   1.1     skrll       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5772   1.1     skrll 
   5773   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   5774   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5775   1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
   5776   1.1     skrll       size = 8;
   5777   1.1     skrll 
   5778   1.1     skrll     do_reloc_xx:
   5779   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5780   1.1     skrll 	{
   5781   1.1     skrll 	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
   5782   1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5783   1.1     skrll 	}
   5784   1.1     skrll       return;
   5785   1.1     skrll 
   5786   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5787   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5788   1.1     skrll       gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
   5789   1.1     skrll       fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
   5790   1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why?  */
   5791   1.1     skrll       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
   5792   1.1     skrll       break;
   5793   1.1     skrll #else
   5794   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5795   1.1     skrll #endif
   5796   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   5797   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   5798   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   5799   1.1     skrll       return;
   5800   1.1     skrll 
   5801   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5802   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5803   1.1     skrll 	{
   5804   1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5805   1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5806   1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5807   1.1     skrll 	}
   5808   1.1     skrll       return;
   5809   1.1     skrll 
   5810   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5811   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5812   1.1     skrll 	{
   5813   1.1     skrll 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5814   1.1     skrll 	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5815   1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5816   1.1     skrll 	}
   5817   1.1     skrll       return;
   5818   1.1     skrll 
   5819   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5820   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5821   1.1     skrll       return;
   5822   1.1     skrll 
   5823   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   5824   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   5825   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   5826   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   5827   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   5828   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   5829   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   5830   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   5831   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   5832   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   5833   1.1     skrll       if (fixP->fx_addsy)
   5834   1.1     skrll 	S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   5835   1.1     skrll       return;
   5836   1.3  christos #endif
   5837   1.3  christos 
   5838   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5839   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   5840   1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5841   1.3  christos       return;
   5842   1.3  christos #endif
   5843   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   5844   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   5845   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   5846   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   5847   1.3  christos       return;
   5848   1.3  christos 
   5849   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5850   1.8  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   5851   1.3  christos       value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5852   1.3  christos 
   5853   1.3  christos       /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
   5854   1.3  christos 	 "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
   5855   1.3  christos 	  as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
   5856   1.3  christos 	  and the same test is done again."  */
   5857   1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5858   1.3  christos 	{
   5859   1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5860   1.3  christos 	  return;
   5861   1.3  christos 	}
   5862   1.3  christos 
   5863   1.3  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5864   1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5865   1.3  christos       else
   5866   1.3  christos 	{
   5867   1.3  christos 	  /* Change to a nop.  */
   5868   1.3  christos 	  image = 0x47FF041F;
   5869   1.8  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5870   1.3  christos 	}
   5871   1.3  christos 
   5872   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   5873   1.3  christos       /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
   5874   1.3  christos 	 the value for an O_subtract.  */
   5875   1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy
   5876   1.3  christos 	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5877   1.3  christos 	{
   5878   1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
   5879   1.3  christos 	  return;
   5880   1.3  christos 	}
   5881   1.3  christos 
   5882   1.3  christos       if (value + (1u << 15) >= (1u << 16))
   5883   1.3  christos 	goto done;
   5884   1.3  christos       else
   5885   1.3  christos 	{
   5886   1.3  christos 	  /* Change to an lda.  */
   5887   1.3  christos 	  image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
   5888   1.3  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5889   1.8  christos 	}
   5890   1.3  christos 
   5891   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   5892   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   5893   1.3  christos       value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5894   1.3  christos 
   5895   1.3  christos       /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above.  */
   5896   1.3  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5897   1.3  christos 	{
   5898   1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5899   1.3  christos 	  return;
   5900   1.3  christos 	}
   5901   1.3  christos 
   5902   1.3  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5903   1.3  christos 	{
   5904   1.3  christos 	  /* Out of range.  */
   5905   1.3  christos 	  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
   5906   1.3  christos 	    {
   5907   1.3  christos 	      /* Add a hint.  */
   5908   1.3  christos 	      image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
   5909   1.1     skrll 	      image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5910   1.1     skrll 	      goto write_done;
   5911   1.1     skrll 	    }
   5912   1.1     skrll 	  goto done;
   5913   1.1     skrll 	}
   5914   1.1     skrll       else
   5915   1.1     skrll 	{
   5916   1.1     skrll 	  /* Change to a branch.  */
   5917   1.1     skrll 	  image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5918   1.1     skrll 	  goto write_done;
   5919   1.1     skrll 	}
   5920   1.1     skrll #endif
   5921   1.3  christos 
   5922   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   5923   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   5924   1.1     skrll       return;
   5925   1.1     skrll 
   5926   1.1     skrll     default:
   5927   1.1     skrll       {
   5928   1.1     skrll 	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
   5929   1.1     skrll 
   5930   1.1     skrll 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   5931   1.1     skrll 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   5932   1.1     skrll 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   5933   1.1     skrll 
   5934   1.1     skrll 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
   5935   1.1     skrll 	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   5936   1.1     skrll 
   5937   1.1     skrll 	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
   5938   1.1     skrll 	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
   5939   1.1     skrll 	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
   5940   1.1     skrll 
   5941   1.1     skrll 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   5942   1.1     skrll 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   5943   1.1     skrll 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5944   1.1     skrll 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   5945   1.1     skrll 
   5946   1.1     skrll 	image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5947   1.1     skrll 	image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
   5948   1.1     skrll 				fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   5949   1.9  christos       }
   5950   1.1     skrll       goto write_done;
   5951   1.1     skrll     }
   5952   1.9  christos 
   5953   1.1     skrll   if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
   5954   1.1     skrll     return;
   5955   1.1     skrll   else
   5956   1.1     skrll     {
   5957   1.1     skrll       as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5958   1.1     skrll 		     _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
   5959   1.1     skrll       goto done;
   5960   1.1     skrll     }
   5961   1.1     skrll 
   5962   1.1     skrll  write_done:
   5963   1.1     skrll   md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
   5964   1.1     skrll 
   5965   1.1     skrll  done:
   5966   1.1     skrll   fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5967   1.1     skrll }
   5968   1.1     skrll 
   5969   1.1     skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol.  */
   5970   1.1     skrll 
   5971   1.1     skrll symbolS *
   5972   1.1     skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   5973   1.1     skrll {
   5974   1.1     skrll   if (*name == '$')
   5975   1.1     skrll     {
   5976   1.1     skrll       int is_float = 0, num;
   5977   1.1     skrll 
   5978   1.1     skrll       switch (*++name)
   5979   1.1     skrll 	{
   5980   1.1     skrll 	case 'f':
   5981   1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   5982   1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
   5983   1.1     skrll 	  is_float = 32;
   5984   1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   5985   1.1     skrll 
   5986   1.1     skrll 	case 'r':
   5987   1.1     skrll 	  if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
   5988   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5989   1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   5990   1.1     skrll 
   5991   1.1     skrll 	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
   5992   1.1     skrll 	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
   5993   1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == '\0')
   5994   1.1     skrll 	    num = name[0] - '0';
   5995   1.1     skrll 	  else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
   5996   1.1     skrll 	    {
   5997   1.1     skrll 	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
   5998   1.1     skrll 	      if (num >= 32)
   5999   1.1     skrll 		break;
   6000   1.1     skrll 	    }
   6001   1.1     skrll 	  else
   6002   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6003   1.1     skrll 
   6004   1.1     skrll 	  if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
   6005   1.1     skrll 	    as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6006   1.1     skrll 	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
   6007   1.1     skrll 
   6008   1.1     skrll 	case 'a':
   6009   1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
   6010   1.1     skrll 	    {
   6011   1.1     skrll 	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
   6012   1.1     skrll 		as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6013   1.1     skrll 	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
   6014   1.1     skrll 	    }
   6015   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6016   1.1     skrll 
   6017   1.1     skrll 	case 'g':
   6018   1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6019   1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
   6020   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6021   1.1     skrll 
   6022   1.1     skrll 	case 's':
   6023   1.1     skrll 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6024   1.1     skrll 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
   6025   1.1     skrll 	  break;
   6026   1.1     skrll 	}
   6027   1.1     skrll     }
   6028   1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   6029   1.1     skrll }
   6030   1.1     skrll 
   6031   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6032   1.1     skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
   6033   1.1     skrll 
   6034   1.1     skrll void
   6035   1.1     skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
   6036   1.1     skrll {
   6037   1.1     skrll   select_gp_value ();
   6038   1.1     skrll   /* $zero and $f31 are read-only.  */
   6039   1.1     skrll   alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
   6040   1.1     skrll   alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
   6041   1.1     skrll }
   6042   1.1     skrll #endif
   6043   1.1     skrll 
   6044   1.1     skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
   6045   1.1     skrll    code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
   6046   1.1     skrll    required.  */
   6047   1.1     skrll 
   6048   1.1     skrll void
   6049   1.1     skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
   6050   1.1     skrll {
   6051   1.1     skrll   alpha_insn_label = sym;
   6052   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6053   1.1     skrll   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   6054   1.1     skrll #endif
   6055   1.1     skrll }
   6056   1.1     skrll 
   6057   1.1     skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
   6058   1.1     skrll    there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time.  */
   6059   1.1     skrll 
   6060   1.1     skrll int
   6061   1.1     skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
   6062   1.1     skrll {
   6063   1.1     skrll   if (alpha_flag_relax)
   6064   1.1     skrll     return 1;
   6065   1.1     skrll 
   6066   1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6067   1.1     skrll     {
   6068   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6069   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6070   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6071   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6072   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6073   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6074   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6075   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6076   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6077   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6078   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6079   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6080   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6081   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6082   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6083   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6084   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6085   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6086   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6087   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6088   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6089   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6090   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6091   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6092   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6093   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6094   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6095   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6096   1.1     skrll #endif
   6097   1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6098   1.1     skrll 
   6099   1.1     skrll     default:
   6100   1.1     skrll       break;
   6101   1.1     skrll     }
   6102   1.1     skrll 
   6103   1.1     skrll   return generic_force_reloc (f);
   6104   1.1     skrll }
   6105   1.1     skrll 
   6106   1.1     skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
   6107   1.1     skrll 
   6108   1.1     skrll int
   6109   1.1     skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
   6110   1.1     skrll {
   6111   1.1     skrll   /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
   6112   1.1     skrll      reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it?   */
   6113   1.1     skrll   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6114   1.1     skrll     {
   6115   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6116   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6117   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6118   1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6119   1.1     skrll 
   6120   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6121   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6122   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6123   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6124   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6125   1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6126   1.1     skrll 
   6127   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   6128   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   6129   1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6130   1.1     skrll 
   6131   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6132   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6133   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6134   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6135   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   6136   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   6137   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   6138   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   6139   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   6140   1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6141   1.1     skrll 
   6142   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6143   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6144   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6145   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6146   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6147   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6148   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6149   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6150   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6151   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6152   1.1     skrll       /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
   6153   1.1     skrll 	 we're preventing this in the other assemblers.  Follow for now.  */
   6154   1.1     skrll       return 0;
   6155   1.1     skrll 
   6156   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6157   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6158   1.1     skrll       /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
   6159   1.1     skrll          let it get resolved at assembly time.  */
   6160   1.1     skrll       {
   6161   1.1     skrll 	symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
   6162   1.1     skrll 	const char *name;
   6163   1.1     skrll 	int offset = 0;
   6164   1.1     skrll 
   6165   1.1     skrll 	if (generic_force_reloc (f))
   6166   1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   6167   1.1     skrll 
   6168   1.1     skrll 	switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
   6169   1.1     skrll 	  {
   6170   1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
   6171   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6172   1.1     skrll 	  case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
   6173   1.1     skrll 	    offset = 8;
   6174   1.1     skrll 	    break;
   6175   1.1     skrll 	  default:
   6176   1.1     skrll 	    if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
   6177   1.3  christos 	      name = "<local>";
   6178   1.3  christos 	    else
   6179   1.3  christos 	      name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
   6180   1.3  christos 	    as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
   6181   1.3  christos 		_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
   6182   1.3  christos 		name);
   6183   1.3  christos 	    break;
   6184   1.1     skrll 	  }
   6185   1.1     skrll 	f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
   6186   1.1     skrll 	f->fx_offset += offset;
   6187   1.1     skrll 	return 1;
   6188   1.1     skrll       }
   6189   1.1     skrll #endif
   6190   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6191   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6192   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6193   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6194   1.1     skrll     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6195   1.1     skrll       return 1;
   6196   1.1     skrll #endif
   6197   1.1     skrll 
   6198   1.1     skrll     default:
   6199  1.11  christos       return 1;
   6200  1.11  christos     }
   6201   1.1     skrll }
   6202   1.1     skrll 
   6203   1.1     skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
   6204   1.1     skrll    fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
   6205   1.1     skrll 
   6206   1.3  christos arelent *
   6207   1.1     skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6208   1.1     skrll 	      fixS *fixp)
   6209   1.1     skrll {
   6210   1.1     skrll   arelent *reloc;
   6211   1.1     skrll 
   6212   1.1     skrll   reloc = notes_alloc (sizeof (arelent));
   6213   1.1     skrll   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = notes_alloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
   6214   1.1     skrll   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6215   1.1     skrll   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   6216   1.1     skrll 
   6217   1.1     skrll   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   6218   1.1     skrll      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   6219   1.1     skrll   gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
   6220   1.1     skrll 
   6221   1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
   6222   1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   6223   1.3  christos     {
   6224   1.1     skrll       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   6225   1.1     skrll 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   6226   1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6227   1.3  christos       return NULL;
   6228   1.1     skrll     }
   6229   1.1     skrll 
   6230   1.1     skrll   if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   6231   1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   6232   1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6233   1.3  christos 
   6234   1.1     skrll   gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   6235   1.3  christos 
   6236   1.3  christos   reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   6237   1.3  christos 
   6238   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6239   1.3  christos   /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh.  */
   6240   1.3  christos   /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook.  */
   6241   1.3  christos   if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
   6242   1.3  christos     reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
   6243   1.3  christos #endif
   6244   1.3  christos 
   6245   1.3  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6246   1.3  christos   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   6247   1.3  christos     {
   6248   1.3  christos       struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
   6249   1.3  christos       const char *pname;
   6250   1.3  christos       int pname_len;
   6251   1.3  christos 
   6252   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6253   1.3  christos       /* Copy the linkage index.  */
   6254   1.3  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6255   1.3  christos       break;
   6256   1.6  christos 
   6257   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6258   1.6  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6259   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6260   1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6261   1.4  christos       pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
   6262   1.3  christos 
   6263   1.3  christos       /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure.  Beware that
   6264   1.3  christos       the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name.  */
   6265   1.3  christos       pname_len = strlen (pname);
   6266   1.3  christos       if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
   6267   1.3  christos 	{
   6268   1.3  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   6269   1.3  christos 	  char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
   6270   1.3  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
   6271   1.3  christos 	  free (my_pname);
   6272   1.3  christos 	  if (sym == NULL)
   6273   1.3  christos 	    abort ();
   6274   1.3  christos 
   6275  1.11  christos 	  while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
   6276   1.3  christos 	    {
   6277   1.3  christos 	      symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
   6278   1.3  christos 
   6279   1.3  christos 	      /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
   6280   1.3  christos 	         written program.  */
   6281   1.3  christos 	      if (n == sym)
   6282   1.3  christos 		break;
   6283   1.3  christos 	      sym = n;
   6284   1.3  christos 	    }
   6285   1.3  christos 	  pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
   6286   1.3  christos 	}
   6287   1.1     skrll 
   6288   1.1     skrll       udata = notes_alloc (sizeof (*udata));
   6289   1.1     skrll       udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6290   1.1     skrll       udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
   6291   1.1     skrll       udata->origname = (char *)pname;
   6292   1.1     skrll       udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   6293   1.1     skrll         symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
   6294   1.1     skrll       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
   6295   1.1     skrll       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6296   1.1     skrll 
   6297   1.1     skrll     default:
   6298   1.1     skrll       break;
   6299   1.1     skrll     }
   6300   1.1     skrll #endif
   6301   1.1     skrll 
   6302   1.1     skrll   return reloc;
   6303   1.1     skrll }
   6304   1.1     skrll 
   6305   1.1     skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
   6306   1.5  christos    number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
   6307   1.5  christos    matching for us.
   6308   1.1     skrll 
   6309   1.1     skrll    Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
   6310   1.1     skrll 
   6311   1.1     skrll int
   6312   1.1     skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6313   1.1     skrll {
   6314   1.1     skrll   int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
   6315   1.1     skrll 
   6316   1.9  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   6317   1.1     skrll   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   6318   1.1     skrll     {
   6319   1.1     skrll       char *s;
   6320   1.1     skrll       char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
   6321   1.1     skrll       symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
   6322   1.1     skrll 
   6323   1.1     skrll       *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
   6324   1.1     skrll       if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
   6325   1.1     skrll 	goto found;
   6326   1.1     skrll     }
   6327   1.1     skrll   as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
   6328   1.1     skrll 
   6329   1.1     skrll  found:
   6330   1.1     skrll   note_gpreg (framereg);
   6331   1.1     skrll   return framereg;
   6332   1.1     skrll }
   6333   1.1     skrll 
   6334   1.1     skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
   6335   1.1     skrll    work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
   6336   1.1     skrll    However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
   6337   1.1     skrll    called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
   6338   1.1     skrll    mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
   6339   1.1     skrll    mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
   6340   1.1     skrll 
   6341   1.1     skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6342   1.1     skrll 
   6343   1.1     skrll void
   6344                 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
   6345                 {
   6346                   if (alpha_debug != 0
   6347                       && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
   6348                     flag_keep_locals = 1;
   6349                 }
   6350                 
   6351                 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   6352                 
   6353                 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
   6354                    IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
   6355                    format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
   6356                 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
   6357